Document:

Restated and amended purchase agreement between Ericsson Inc. and Rural Cellular
      Corporation

    

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.11(c) Redacted

              

      

    

     

    RESTATED
      AND AMENDED

    MASTER
      PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    

    THIS
      RESTATED AND AMENDED MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), effective as
      of November 15, 2006, is entered into by and between Ericsson Inc., a Delaware
      corporation (“Ericsson”), and Rural Cellular Corporation, a Minnesota
      corporation, having a place of business at 3905 Dakota Street, Alexandria,
      MN
      56308 (“Customer”).

    

    WHEREAS,
      Ericsson has supplied Customer with a wireless network products and services
      and
      various hosted service applications under a Master Purchase Agreement, dated
      March 14, 2002 (“March 14th
      MPA”)
      and Customer would like to continue to purchase such products and services
      from
      Ericsson under new terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect
      to the wireless network products and services and with respect to the hosted
      services in a new hosted services agreement executed contemporaneously with
      this
      Agreement (the “Hosted Services Agreement”); and

    

    WHEREAS,
      Customer and Ericsson have agreed that the business structure established
      pursuant to this Agreement will achieve the objectives contemplated by the
      parties in establishing a new flexible framework governing the standard terms
      and conditions upon which Ericsson will provide to Customer, and Customer will
      purchase from Ericsson, those certain specified wireless network products and
      services pursuant to this Agreement and the hosted services pursuant to the
      Hosted Services Agreement;

    

    

    NOW,
      THEREFORE, Ericsson and Customer hereby agree as follows:

    

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Scope
                of Agreement.
                This Agreement establishes the standard terms and conditions that
                will
                apply to network products and services provided by Ericsson to Customer
                as
                mutually agreed upon from time to time by Ericsson and Customer in
                accordance with a written purchase order issued by Customer and accepted
                by Ericsson (a “Purchase Order”) pursuant to the provisions of this
                Agreement.

            

    

    

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Term.
                The term of this Agreement shall commence
                upon Customer’s fulfillment of its commitment to purchase $*** of Eligible
                Products from Ericsson as provided in Section 27 of the March
                14th
                MPA (the “Effective Date”). The parties agree to document the Effective
                Date by executing a confirming memorandum in substantially the form
                attached hereto as Schedule
                1.
                This
                Agreement shall remain in effect until it
                is
                otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
                or it
                expires at the end of a four-year period that commences on the Effective
                Date (such four-year period hereinafter referred to as the “4-Year
                Period”).
                This Agreement will automatically extend for successive one (1) year
                periods unless either party provides to the other party a written
                notice
                of termination no less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration
                of the
                then existing term. Notwithstanding the expiration or termination
                of this
                Agreement for any reason, each Purchase Order issued by Customer
                and
                accepted by Ericsson prior to the date of such expiration or termination
                will remain in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions
                thereof, including each of the provisions of this Agreement incorporated
                by reference into such Purchase
                Order.

            

    

    

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Purchase
                Order.
                From time to time during the term of this Agreement, Customer will
                issue a
                purchase order to Ericsson for the purchase of the products and services
                hereunder. Such purchase order will include at least the following
                information: (a) reference to this Agreement, (b) Customer's purchase
                order number, (c) description of the products and services to be
                purchased
                by Customer from Ericsson, (d) applicable prices, (e) location to
                which
                the products are to be shipped, (f) requested delivery date, and
                (g)
                location to which invoice(s) will be rendered
                for

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          1

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

       

    

    

    payment.
      Upon receipt of such purchase order, Ericsson shall within ten (10) days of
      receipt of the purchase order notify Customer in writing of Ericsson’s
      acceptance or rejection (together with a reasonable explanation for any such
      rejection) of such purchase order; provided that Ericsson will use its good
      faith efforts to accept each such purchase order issued by Customer.

    

    4. Net
      Pricing.

    

    (a) Background.
      As
      provided in Section 29 of the March 14th
      MPA,
      Ericsson granted Customer (i) a discount of ***% on the Eligible Products,
      and
      (ii) a trailing credit of *** % of the Eligible Products, until Customer
      purchased certain committed amount of the Eligible Products, at which time
      the
      following discounts and credits would then apply:

    

    Table
      1

    
      	
              Millions
                of Dollars

            	
              Discounts

            	
              Credits

            	
              Total

            
	
              $1
                to $***

            	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            
	
              $***
                to $***

            	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            
	
              $***
                and up

            	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            

    

    

    Customer
      has now purchased the committed amount of the Eligible Products and believes
      that the discounts and credits in Table 1 above may not be economically feasible
      for Customer. In the interest of its strategic relationship with Customer,
      Ericsson hereby agrees to provide Customer with the discount and credit
      structure set forth herein, which Customer hereby acknowledges is more favorable
      than the discounts and credits set forth in Table 1 above. 

    

    (b) Net
      Pricing of Existing Products and Services.
      During
      the term of this Agreement, Customer may purchase from Ericsson, and Ericsson
      may provide to Customer, the products and services listed in Exhibit
      A
      hereto,
      at the applicable net prices set forth in Exhibit
      A
      hereto
      (net of any discounts), which net prices reflect the application of the
      following discounts:

    

    Software

    
      	
              Discount
                Percentage

              for
                BSC Software Products

            	
              Discount
                Percentage for MSC and OSS Software Products

            
	
              ***%

            	
              ***%

            

    

    

    Hardware

    
      	
              Discount
                Percentage

              for
                Hardware Products

            	
              Discount
                Percentage for TRU Products

            
	
              ***

            	
              ***%

            

    

    

    

    Services
      not listed on Exhibit A or otherwise referenced in this Agreement will not
      be
      eligible for discounts and the parties shall negotiate in good faith and
      mutually agree in writing on the price for such services on a case-by-case
      basis.

    

    If
      Customer can demonstrate (by reference to an invoice previously issued by
      Ericsson and paid by Customer) that Customer has purchased from Ericsson a
      product or service at a gross price (before application of any discounts or
      credits) that is lower than the gross price used to establish the net price
      in
      Exhibit A, then Ericsson shall sell such product or service to Customer at
      a net
      price calculated using the lower gross price.

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          2

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

    

       

    

    (c) Net
      Pricing of New Products and Services.
      The
      parties shall negotiate in good faith and mutually agree in writing on the
      net
      price of any new product or service that does not appear on Exhibit
      A
      or that
      Customer has not previously purchased from Ericsson. Ericsson hereby agrees
      and
      represents that such net price will be equal to or lower than (i) Ericsson’s
      Internal Reference Price, as described below, net of the applicable discount
      set
      forth in Section 4(b) above, and (ii) the price generally offered by Ericsson
      to
      Cingular Wireless’s roaming partners in the United States. As used herein,
“Ericsson’s Internal Reference Price,” with respect to a product or service, is
      the price which is (a) set by Ericsson’s affiliate responsible for the
      management of such product or service, based on factors, such as market input,
      the product’s or service’s original business case, targets for profitability,
      and third party items, and (b) published by such Ericsson affiliate and
      suggested as the price to be offered by Ericsson to its customers for such
      product or service.

    

    
      	
              5.

            	
              Price
                Credits.
                In addition to the Net Pricing described in Section 4, Ericsson shall
                provide RCC with the following
                credits:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              $***
                Purchase Incentive Credit.
                Ericsson will issue to Customer a purchase incentive credit equal
                to the
                sum of $***, as follows:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (1)

            	
              $***
                credit upon execution of this
                Agreement.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (2)

            	
              $***
                credit when Customer’s purchase of Ericsson products and services during
                the 4-Year Period reaches a total of $*** (net of any and all
                discounts).

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (3)

            	
              $***
                credit when Customer’s purchase of Ericsson products and services during
                the 4-Year Period reaches a total of $*** (net of any and all
                discounts).

            

    

    

    
      	(4)  	
              $***
                credit when Customer’s purchase of Ericsson products and services during
                the 4-Year Period reaches a total of $*** (net of any and all
                discounts).

            

    

    

    Upon
      receipt of any such credit, Customer must use such credit within twelve (12)
      months after its issuance and may use such credit only against current accounts
      receivable or against future purchases of products and services from Ericsson
      pursuant to either this Agreement or the Hosted Services Agreement.

    

    As
      used
      in this Section 5(a), a “purchase” takes place upon the occurrence of both (i)
      Ericsson’s acceptance of a purchase order issued by customer for product or
      service pursuant to this Agreement or the Hosted Services Agreement, and (i)
      Ericsson’s issuance of an invoice for such product or service.

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              $***
                Network Credit.
                Ericsson will issue to Customer a network credit equal to the sum
                of $***,
                as follows:

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (1)

            	
              On
                February 16, 2008 (or such earlier date as Customer may elect by
                providing
                a written notice to Ericsson of its intent to take the credit early
                but in
                not event earlier than July 1, 2007), Ericsson will issue to Customer
                a
                credit of $***, as long as Customer is not then in breach of any
                of the
                material terms and conditions of this Agreement. Upon receipt of
                such
                credit of $***, Customer must use such credit during the 4-Year Period
                and
                may only be used by Customer against current accounts receivable
                or
                against future purchases of products and
                services

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          3

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

    

       

    from
      Ericsson. This credit of $*** shall survive the early termination of this
      Agreement if this Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to the expiration
      of the 4-Year Period. 

    

    
      	 	
              (2)

            	
              From
                time to time prior to February 15, 2008, Customer may purchase from
                Ericsson CDMA equipment, software, and related services. With respect
                to
                each such purchase, Ericsson will issue to Customer (i) an invoice
                for the
                applicable price (net all discounts and credits), and (ii) a credit
                memorandum for such applicable price; provided that the sum of all
                such
                credits will not exceed $***.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (3)

            	
              From
                time to time prior to February 15, 2008, Customer may purchase from
                Ericsson the services to implement and test the integration of Ericsson’s
                Mail-2-go, MMS and SMS solutions to Customer’s new CDMA core network. With
                respect to each such purchase, Ericsson will issue to Customer (i)
                an
                invoice for the applicable price (net all discounts and credits),
                and (ii)
                a credit memorandum for such applicable price; provided that the
                sum of
                all such credits will not exceed
                $***.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (c)

            	
              $***
                GSM/WCDMA Overlay Credit.
                Ericsson will issue to Customer a GSM overlay credit equal to the
                sum of
                $***, as follows:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (1)
                

            	
              In
                the event that during the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and
                ending
                on the expiration of the 4-Year Period, Customer purchases from Ericsson
                the GSM and/or WCDMA equipment, software and services to overlay
                Customer’s *** CDMA market, Ericsson will issue to Customer (i) an invoice
                for the applicable price (net all discounts and credits), and (ii)
                a
                credit memorandum for such applicable price; provided that the sum
                of all
                such credits will not exceed $***.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (2)
                

            	
              In
                the event that Customer purchases from Ericsson the new Mobile Softswitch
                equipment, software and related services during the 4-Year Period,
                Ericsson will issue to Customer (i) an invoice for the applicable
                price
                (net all discounts and credits), and (ii) a credit memorandum for
                such
                applicable price; provided that the sum of all such credits will
                not
                exceed $***.

            

    

    

    
      	
              6.

            	
              BSC
                Pricing Structure.
                Ericsson hereby agrees to provide Customer with a “hybrid pay-as-you-grow”
                BSC pricing structure, as follows:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              New
                BSCs.
                With respect to each BSC to be purchased by Customer from Ericsson
                after
                the Effective Date, Customer will pay to Ericsson the applicable
                purchase
                price of all hardware, the fees for the services, and the license
                fee for
                a minimum of *** TRU software licenses with the initial purchase
                order.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              New
                BSC Expansion.
                With respect to each BSC expansion to be purchased by Customer from
                Ericsson after the Effective Date, Customer will pay to Ericsson
                the
                applicable purchase price of all hardware, the fees for the services
                with
                the expansion order, and the license fee for such TRU software licenses
                as
                deemed necessary by Customer with the initial purchase order.
                

            

    

    

    If
      there
      is any TRU capacity remaining in the BSC or BSC expansion (beyond the number
      of
      TRUs for which the software licenses are paid by Customer in its initial or
      expansion order), Ericsson and Customer hereby agree as follows:

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          4

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

    

       

    (1) Prior
      to
      the end of each calendar quarter, Ericsson will audit such BSC and BSC expansion
      and will notify Customer in a written quote of the TRU capacity which was used
      by RCC in that calendar quarter and for which Customer has not then already
      paid
      the license fee to Ericsson. 

    

    
      	 	
              (2)

            	
              Within
                ten (10) days following Customer’s receipt of the written notification
                provided by Ericsson in accordance with subsection (1) above, Customer
                will issue a purchase order to Ericsson for purchase of the software
                license for such TRU capacity.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (3)

            	
              Upon
                receipt of such purchase order, Ericsson will issue an invoice to
                Customer
                for the applicable license fee for such the software license for
                such TRU
                capacity.

            

    

    

    For
      avoidance of doubt, software licenses are not transferable; provided that
      relocation of the hardware (of which the software is an integral component)
      by
      Customer will not constitute a transfer of the software.

    

    
      	
              7.

            	
              System
                Support and Hardware Support.
                Customer may purchase from Ericsson the system support described
                in
                Section 1 of Exhibit D hereto (“System Support”) and the hardware repair
                and return services described in Section 2 of Exhibit
                D
                hereto (“Hardware Support”), at the applicable annual service fees set
                forth in Exhibit
                A
                hereto or the other applicable fees and charges set forth in Sections
                4(b)
                and 4(c) of Exhibit
                D
                hereto. Customer may purchase Hardware Support from Ericsson on an
                ad hoc
                basis, at the applicable service fees set forth in Exhibit
                A
                hereto. Ericsson will provide System Support to Customer for its
                NW TDMA
                network for a period of *** commencing upon the Effective Date at
                no
                additional charge. Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by
                the
                parties, System Support and Hardware Support for the CDMA network
                elements
                will cease on ***.

            

    

    

    
      	
              8.
                

            	
              Software
                Releases.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              Software
                Upgrades.
                Upon execution of this Agreement, Ericsson will issue a credit of
                $*** to
                Customer. Upon receipt of such credit, Customer must use such credit
                within twelve (12) months after its issuance and may use such credit
                against current accounts receivable or against Customer’s future purchases
                of products and services from Ericsson pursuant to this Agreement
                or the
                Hosted Services Agreement. With respect to the features for which
                Customer
                has already paid the applicable license fees as of the Effective
                Date,
                which features are listed in Exhibit
                E hereto,
                Ericsson hereby waives the R12 basic upgrade fees (software only)
                for the
                remaining nodes in the network. If Customer can show that it paid
                the
                applicable license fee for a feature prior to the Effective Date
                but that
                feature is not on Exhibit E, then Ericsson shall waive the R12 basic
                upgrade fee relating to that
                feature.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              BSC
                Capacity (512 vs. 1024).
                Ericsson hereby waives all future license charges for the premium
                feature
                INF 902 1817/1 (Support for 1024 cells in
                BSC).

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (c)

            	
              Software
                Support and Maintenance.
                As a part of System Support purchased by Customer, Ericsson will
                provide
                Customer with the Software Updates and Software Upgrades from time
                to time
                as they become generally available at no additional charge. As used
                herein, (i) “Software Update” means a software release that contains
                correction of errors found in the then current in-service release
                of the
                software, and (ii) “Software Upgrade” means a software release that
                contains (x) new basic features, (y) fixes of and/or enhancements
                to the
                basic and premium/optional features (in the then current in-service
                release of the software) for which Customer has then already paid
                the
                applicable

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          5

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

    

       

    license
      fees to Ericsson (for example, new enhancements or functionality to the XYZ
      feature would be included in System Support because Customer has paid for the
      applicable license fees for that feature in a previous software release). For
      avoidance of doubt, the following will not be included as a part of the System
      Support and will be subject to mutually agreed additional charges:

    

    
      	 	
              (1)

            	
              New
                or additional hardware that may be required for the Software Updates
                or
                Software Upgrades.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (2)

            	
              Premium
                features and associated functionality included in a new software
                release
                (whether it is a Software Update or Software Upgrade) for which Customer
                has not paid the applicable license fee to Ericsson, including without
                limitation (i) new features or development or software functionality
                required to comply with a federal, state or local government mandates
                enacted after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) new feature development
                as a result of revisions to the standards (such as CAMEL Phase 1
                and CAMEL
                Phase 2). 

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (3)

            	
              Deployment
                and implementation of Software Updates or Software
                Upgrades.

            

    

    

    9. SCC
      Charges and Peak Issues.
      

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              Prior
                to the end of each calendar quarter, Ericsson will audit the average
                SCC
                usage of each Ericsson MSC by Customer in its network in such calendar
                quarter and will notify Customer in writing of such average SCC usage
                for
                which Customer has not then paid the license fee to Ericsson. Within
                five
                (5) days following Customer’s receipt of such written notification,
                Customer will issue a purchase order to Ericsson for the purchase
                of such
                average SCC usage. Upon receipt of such purchase order, Ericsson
                will
                issue an invoice to Customer for the incremental license fee for
                such
                average SCC usage to the extent that Customer has not then already
                paid
                the license fee for such SCC usage. The parties agree that the average
                SCC
                usage will be calculated in accordance with Exhibit
                C
                hereto. 

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              Ericsson
                will maintain each Ericsson MSC at the maximum capacity of *** SCCs
                at no
                cost to Customer, so that such Ericsson MSC may still carry the traffic
                up
                to the maximum capacity of *** SCCs even when the volume of such
                traffic
                exceeds the SCC usage for which Customer has then already paid the
                license
                fee to Ericsson; provided that Customer will remain obligated to
                pay to
                Ericsson the license fee for the average SCC usage as provided in
                Section
                9(a) above.

            

    

    

    
      	
              10.

            	
              TDMA
                Transit Calls.
                For a period of nine (9) months commencing on the Effective Date
                on each
                Ericsson GSM MSC, RCC will be allowed to route TDMA traffic to the
                Ericsson GSM MSCs without increasing the SCC charges; provided that
                the
                following process is followed by Customer on each GSM
                MSC:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              At
                least seven (7) days prior to the transition, Customer will notify
                Ericsson of which TDMA MSC’s traffic will be transitioned to the Ericsson
                GSM MSC.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              Ericsson
                will measure the Ericsson GSM MSC SCC level prior to the transition
                (Before Measurement).

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          6

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

    

       

    

    
 

    
      	 	
              (c)

            	
              Customer
                will transition TDMA traffic to the Ericsson GSM MSC and will advise
                Ericsson when the transition is
                complete.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (d)

            	
              Ericsson
                will measure the SCC level no less than 7 days and no later than
                14 days
                after the TDMA transition (After
                Measurement).

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (e)

            	
              The
                measured SCC increase (After Measurement - Before Measurement) will
                be
                deducted from the quarterly SCC invoices for the 9-month period after
                the
                transition.

            

    

    

    
      	
              11.

            	
              2Q05
                Catch-Up.
                Upon execution of this Agreement, Customer will issue to Ericsson
                a
                purchase order for the 2Q05 basic and premium software quotes in
                the net
                amount of $***. Upon receipt of such purchase order, Ericsson will
                issue
                to Customer an invoice for such 2Q05 basic and premium software quotes
                in
                the net amount of $***. Customer may use part of the $*** credit
                (granted
                by Ericsson under Section 5(a)(1) above) or the $*** credit (granted
                by
                Ericsson under Section 8(a)). 

            

    

    

    
      	
              12.

            	
              CDMA
                Last-Time-Buy.
                Upon receipt of a written notification from Ericsson of the availability
                of the CDMA equipment listed in Exhibit B hereto, Customer will purchase
                from Ericsson and take delivery (and title) of such CDMA equipment
                in
                accordance with the process set forth in Subsection 5
                (b)(2).

            

    

    

    
      	
              13.

            	
              Decommissioning
                of CDMA Equipment.
                No later than ***, Customer will, at its expense, (i) deinstall all
                Ericsson CDMA equipment and software then already purchased by Customer
                from Ericsson prior to, on or subsequent to the Effective Date (all
                such
                Ericsson CDMA equipment and software collectively referred to as
                the
                “Purchased CDMA Equipment”), (ii) collect and deliver the Purchased CDMA
                Equipment to a warehouse at Customer’s Alexandria, MN location (the
                “Central Location”), (iii) inventory the Purchased CDMA Equipment, and
                (iv) make the Purchased CDMA Equipment available for Ericsson’s
                inspection, pickup and transport, subject to the
                following:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              Customer
                will retain the title and risk of loss or damage to the Purchased
                CDMA
                Equipment until Ericsson takes possession of the Purchased CDMA Equipment
                at the Central Location, at which point the title and risk of loss
                or
                damage to the Purchase CDMA Equipment will pass to
                Ericsson;

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              Except
                as provided in Section 13(a) above, Customer will return all the
                Purchased
                CDMA Equipment to Ericsson in an “as is”
                condition;

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (c)

            	
              Customer
                shall have no responsibly to box, crate or otherwise pack the CDMA
                Purchased Equipment for shipment from the Central Location to Ericsson;
                and

            

    

    

    

    
      	 	
              (d)

            	
              At
                least ninety (90) days prior to Customer’s deinstallation of the Purchased
                CDMA Equipment, Customer will notify Ericsson in writing of such
                deinstallation, so that Ericsson may take the inventory of the Purchased
                CDMA Equipment.

            

    

    

    
      	
              14.

            	
              Conflicts.
                In the event of any express conflict or inconsistency between the
                provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Purchase Order,
                the
                provisions of this Agreement will control.

            

    

    

    
      	
              15.

            	
              Products.
                With respect to each product provided by Ericsson to Customer hereunder
                (the “Product”), Ericsson will deliver the Product to Customer, F.O.B.,
                Customer’s facilities (or such other facilities contracted by Customer),
                no later than the date mutually agreed in writing by the parties.

                 Title
                  and risk of loss or damage to the Product will pass to Customer
                  upon
                  Ericsson’s delivery to
                  Customer.

              

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          7

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

    

       

    
      	
              16.

            	
              Software.
                With respect to the software components of the Product (the “Software”),
                Ericsson hereby grants to Customer, and Customer hereby accepts from
                Ericsson, a non-exclusive and non-transferable license to use the
                object
                code of the Software solely as an integral part of and for the operation
                of the Product in which the Software is originally embedded and for
                no
                other purposes, subject to the following use
                provisions:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              The
                Software and related documentation (including all copies thereof)
                shall
                remain Ericsson’s exclusive
                property.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              Customer
                may not reverse engineer, decompile or otherwise derive the source
                code
                from the object code of the
                Software.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (c)

            	
              Customer
                may not merge the Software with other software computer program materials
                to form a derivative work or otherwise modify or alter the Software
                in any
                manner whatsoever.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (d)

            	
              Customer
                may make only one copy of the Software solely for backup
                purpose.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (e)

            	
              Customer
                may make copies of the Software-related documentation solely for
                internal
                purposes.

            

    

    

    The
      provisions of this Section 16 will survive the expiration or termination of
      this
      Agreement for any reason.

    

    
      	
              17.

            	
              Taxes.
                Customer will be responsible for, and will pay or reimburse Ericsson
                for,
                any sales, use, excise or other taxes, however designated or levied
                based
                upon this Agreement, on any amounts payable to Ericsson hereunder,
                or any
                services, systems, materials or goods provided to Customer hereunder
                or
                their use. Each party will be responsible for rendering its own property
                for taxation and for paying any property taxes assessed against such
                property. Each party will also be responsible for income taxes or
                franchise taxes based on their respective income or net
                worth.

            

    

    

    
      	
              18.

            	
              Invoicing
                and Payment.
                Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by the parties, Ericsson
                will
                invoice Customer for the applicable prices, charges and fees for
                the
                products and services according to the following schedule:
                

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              Invoices
                for the equipment, software and related services associated with
                the
                Initial Build Out of a particular market will be issued for (i) ***%
                of
                the purchase order value at receipt of the purchase order, (ii) ***%
                at
                delivery, and (iii) ***% at Acceptance (as defined in Section 30
                hereof).

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              All
                other equipment, software and related services will be invoiced 100%
                at
                delivery or performance (except for System Support or Hardware Support,
                for which invoices for annual support fees will be issued at the
                beginning
                of each annual period for such
                services).

            

    

    

    Each
      such
      invoice will be due and payable to Ericsson within thirty (30) days from the
      date of the invoice. Any sum due to Ericsson hereunder that is not paid when
      due
      will bear interest thereafter until paid at a rate equal to the lesser of ***%
      per month or the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          8

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

     

    As
      used
      herein, “Initial Build Out” of a market means all equipment and services
      provided by Ericsson for the initial launch of Customer’s network in such
      market.

    

    
      	
              19.

            	
              Warranty.
                Ericsson warrants and agrees that it will perform the services hereunder
                in a good and workmanlike manner. The foregoing warranty is for a
                warranty
                period of *** months following the date of performance. In addition,
                Ericsson warrants that (i) Ericsson has all right, title and ownership
                interests and/or licenses necessary to perform its obligations under
                this
                Agreement, and (ii) the products sold by Ericsson hereunder will
                be free
                and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances or security interests
                of any
                third party. With respect to each product provided by Ericsson hereunder
                that is manufactured by Ericsson, Ericsson warrants that during the
                Warranty Period (as defined below), such product will perform in
                substantial accordance with the applicable specifications. With respect
                to
                each product provided by Ericsson hereunder that is not manufactured
                by
                Ericsson, Ericsson will assign any and all warranties with respect
                to such
                product if and to the extent allowed by the manufacturer or supplier
                of
                such product. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THERE
                ARE NO,
                AND ERICSSON HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL, OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER IMPLIED,
                EXPRESS OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED
                TO CUSTOMER HEREUNDER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTY OF
                MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
                USE.

            

    

    

    As
      used
      in this Section 19, “Warranty Period” means a *** period that commences upon (i)
      Ericsson’s delivery of the product (if Ericsson does not install such product),
      or (ii) Acceptance of the product (if Ericsson installs such
      product).

    

    
      	
              20.

            	
              Rights
                in Work Products.
                Each party’s rights in and to the work products to be developed and
                provided by Ericsson under this Agreement are set forth herein. Unless
                otherwise set forth herein, Ericsson will have exclusive ownership
                of such
                work products, and Customer will have a non-exclusive, non-transferable
                license to use such work products as contemplated
                herein.

            

    

    

    
      	
              21.

            	
              Confidentiality.
                Each party agrees that all confidential documents, work product and
                information (including all computer code and related materials) received
                or otherwise obtained from the other party pursuant to this Agreement,
                whether before or after the Effective Date, will be, and will be
                deemed to
                have been, received in confidence and will be used only for the purpose
                of
                carrying out the obligations of, or as otherwise contemplated by,
                this
                Agreement. Without the other party’s prior written consent, neither party
                may disclose any such information to any third party, and each party
                will
                disclose such information only to such of its officers, employees
                and
                agents that have a need to know such information for the purposes
                contemplated hereby. However, the provisions of this Section will
                not
                apply to any such information that (i) is or becomes generally available
                to the public without the fault or negligence of either party, (ii)
                is
                already in the possession of the receiving party without being subject
                to
                another confidentiality obligation, (iii) is or becomes available
                to the
                receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than
                the
                disclosing party; provided that such source is not bound by a
                confidentiality obligation of the disclosing party, (iv) is required
                to be
                disclosed pursuant to an arbitration proceeding conducted in accordance
                with this Agreement, or (v) is required to be disclosed pursuant
                to a
                requirement of any governmental authority or any statute, rule or
                regulation; provided that the party required to disclose such information
                of the other party provide to the other party notice of such requirement
                of any such disclosure and cooperates with the other party to prevent
                or
                restrict any such disclosure to the extent allowed by applicable
                law.

            

    

    

    
      	
              22.

            	
              Limitation
                of Liability.
                Except for Ericsson's liability under any indemnity provision in
                this
                Agreement, (i) any liability of Ericsson arising from or relating
                to this
                Agreement, whether based on contract, warranty, equity, indemnity,
                tort
                (including Ericsson’s negligence), intended conduct, strict liability, or
                otherwise will be limited to Customer’s actual, direct damages, and (ii)
                the amount of damages recoverable against Ericsson for all events,
                acts or
                omissions shall not exceed, in the aggregate,
                the

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          9

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

     

    
 

    greater
      of *** dollars ($***) or the prices or fees then already paid by Customer to
      Ericsson under the applicable purchase order for the products or services that
      give rise to such liability. In no event shall either party be liable for any
      special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages in connection with this
      Agreement, whether based on action or claim in contract, warranty, equity,
      tort
      (including negligence), intended conduct, strict liability or otherwise, even
      if
      such damages are foreseeable.

    

    
      	
              23.

            	
              Indemnification.
                Ericsson will indemnify Customer against, and will defend or settle
                at
                Ericsson’s own expense, any action or other proceeding brought against
                Customer to the extent that it is based on a claim that the use of
                the
                Software infringes any third party copyright. Ericsson will pay any
                and
                all costs, damages, and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable
                attorneys' fees) Customer becomes obligated to pay in any such action
                or
                proceeding attributable to any such claim. Ericsson will have no
                obligation under this Section as to any action, proceeding, or claim
                unless Ericsson is notified of it promptly and Ericsson has sole
                control
                of its defense and settlement, and Customer provides Ericsson with
                reasonable assistance in its defense and settlement. If Customer's
                use of
                the Software under the terms of this Agreement is, or in Ericsson’s
                opinion is likely to be, enjoined due to the type of infringement
                or
                misappropriation specified above, then Ericsson may, at its sole
                option
                and expense, either: (i) procure for Customer the right to continue
                using
                such Software under the terms of this Agreement; (ii) replace or
                modify
                such Software so that it is noninfringing and substantially equivalent
                in
                function to the enjoined Software; or (iii) if neither option above
                can be
                accomplished despite the reasonable efforts of Ericsson, then Ericsson
                may
                both: (A) terminate Customer's rights and Ericsson’s obligations with
                respect to such product containing the Software; and (B) repurchase
                the
                applicable product and refund to Customer the purchase price of such
                product paid by Customer upon return of the product to Ericsson.
                The
                foregoing are Ericsson’s sole and exclusive obligations with respect to
                any infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights.
                Ericsson will have no obligations under this Section with respect
                to
                infringement or misappropriation arising from any of the following
                circumstances: (i) modifications to the Software that were not authorized
                by Ericsson; (ii) use of the Software in combination with products
                not
                provided by Ericsson; or (iii) accident, misuse, or misapplication
                of the
                Software by Customer. If any such circumstances occur, Customer will
                indemnify and defend Ericsson against any third party claims arising
                from
                such circumstances.

            

    

    

    

    
      	
              24.

            	
              Termination.
                Either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days' written
                notice
                to the other party if such party breaches in any material respect
                any of
                the terms of this Agreement (except for payment default) and such
                breach
                remains uncured at the end of the thirty day notice period. In the
                event
                that Customer defaults in the payment when due of any amount due
                to
                Ericsson hereunder and does not cure the default within ten (10)
                business
                days after being given written notice specifying the default, then
                Ericsson may, by giving written notice thereof to Customer at any
                time
                thereafter and before the default is cured, terminate this Agreement
                or
                any purchase order as of the date specified in the notice of
                termination.

            

    

    

    
      	
              25.

            	
              Notice.
                Any notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
                be
                sent to the parties at the following address or at such other addresses
                as
                shall be specified by the parties by like
                notice:

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          10

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

     

     

    If
      to
      Ericsson:     If
      to
      Customer:

    

    Ericsson
      Inc.     Rural
      Cellular Corporation

    6300
      Legacy Drive    3905
      Dakota Street

    Plano,
      Texas 75024    Alexandria,
      MN 56308

    Attention:
      VP RCC KAM Attention:
      President

    

    With
      a
      copy to:      With
      a
      copy to:

    

    Ericsson
      Inc.     Rural
      Cellular Corporation

    6300
      Legacy Drive    302
      Mountain View Drive

    Plano,
      Texas 75024    Colchester,
      VT 05446

    Attention:
      Legal Department   Attention:
      Legal Services Department

    

    Such
      notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given and
      received (i) on the day of sending if sent by personal delivery, cable,
      telegram, facsimile transmission or telex, (ii) on the next business day after
      the day of sending if sent by Federal Express or other similar express delivery
      service, or (iii) on the fifth calendar day after the day of sending if sent
      by
      registered or certified mail (return receipt requested).

    

    
      	
              26.

            	
              Dispute
                Resolution.
                Any disputes arising under or relating to this Agreement shall be
                resolved
                in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
                Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be held in the City of
                New
                York, New York, or such other place as the parties may agree and
                shall
                include an award of attorneys' fees (and the amount of such fees)
                to the
                prevailing party. The arbitrators’ award shall be final and binding, and
                judgment thereon may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
                over the
                party against which enforcement is sought; provided that any such
                award
                rendered by the arbitrators shall be strictly in conformance to and
                in
                accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including
                without limitation the limitation of liability provisions contained
                herein. Other than those matters involving injunctive relief as a
                remedy
                or any action necessary to enforce the award of the arbitrators,
                the
                parties agree that the provisions of this Section are a complete
                defense
                to any suit, action or other proceedings instituted in any court
                or before
                any administrative tribunal with respect to any dispute or controversy
                arising under or relating to this Agreement. Nothing in this Section
                shall
                prevent either party from exercising its rights to terminate this
                Agreement as specified herein. The provisions of this Section shall
                survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any
                reason.

            

    

    

    
      	
              27.

            	
              Media
                Releases.
                All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by
                either
                party relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement,
                including, without limitation, promotional or marketing material
                but not
                including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution
                or
                any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements
                beyond the reasonable control of the party, will be coordinated with
                and
                subject to the final approval by both parties prior to release. If
                required by the rules or regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission
                (SEC), Customer
                shall file a copy of this Agreement with its required securities
                filings,
                redacted to be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
                F.
                In the event that the SEC objects to the extent or substance of the
                redacted Agreement, Customer and Ericsson shall work together in
                good
                faith to revise the redacted Agreement to satisfy the SEC requirements.
                

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.

            	
              Force
                Majeure.
                Each party will be excused from performance hereunder (except for
                payment
                obligation) for any period and to the extent that it is prevented
                from
                such performance, in whole or in part, as a result of delays caused
                by the
                other party or an unforeseeable act of God, natural disaster, war,
                civil
                disturbance, court order, labor dispute, third party non-performance,
                or
                other cause beyond its reasonable control and which it could not
                have
                prevented by reasonable precautions,
                including

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          11

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

     

     

    failures
      or fluctuations in electrical power, heat, light, air conditioning or
      telecommunications equipment, and such non-performance will not be a default
      hereunder or a ground for termination hereof; provided however, the party whose
      performance is not affected by such force majeure may terminate the applicable
      purchase order without penalty upon written notice if the force majeure prevents
      the other party's performance for more than ninety (90) days.

    

    
      	
              29.

            	
              Relationship.
                The relationship between Customer and Ericsson is that of independent
                contractor. This Agreement does not create any employer-employee,
                agency,
                joint venture, or partnership relationship between Customer and Ericsson.
                Ericsson shall exercise control over the means and manner of the
                performance of services pursuant to this Agreement. No employee,
                agent, or
                assistant of Ericsson, or other person participating on Ericsson's
                behalf,
                shall be considered an employee of Customer or entitled to any employment
                fringe benefits of Customer.

            

    

    

    
      	
              30.

            	
              Miscellaneous.
                This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New
                York,
                other than the choice of law rules. Neither party may assign this
                Agreement without the other party’s prior written consent; except that by
                providing the other party with a prior written notice thereof, either
                party may assign this Agreement to any corporation or partnership
                that
                controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the assigning
                party or to any corporation that results from a merger or consolidation
                with the assigning party or that acquires substantially all of the
                assigning party's assets as a going concern, without the other party's
                consent. As used in the preceding sentence, "control" and its derivatives
                mean with respect to any entity the legal, beneficial or equitable
                ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more
                of the
                voting capital stock (or other ownership interest, if not a corporation)
                of such entity. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable,
                and
                if any provisions shall be held unenforceable the remaining provisions
                shall remain in full force and effect. Expiration
                or termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release
                either
                party from any liability or obligation set forth in this Agreement
                which
                (i) the parties have expressly agreed will survive any such expiration
                or
                termination, or (ii) remain to be performed or by their nature would
                be
                intended to be applicable following such expiration or termination.
                This
                Agreement, each Purchase Order, and all exhibits attached hereto
                or
                thereto, each of which is hereby incorporated herein or therein,
                as
                applicable, for all purposes, constitute, as of the Effective Date
                or the
                effective date of the applicable Purchase Order, as applicable, the
                entire
                agreement between Ericsson and Customer with respect to the subject
                matter
                hereof and thereof, and there are no understandings or agreements
                relative
                hereto or thereto that are not fully expressed herein or therein.
                Any
                other terms or conditions included in any quotes, acknowledgements,
                bills
                of lading, purchase orders, invoices or other forms utilized or exchanged
                by the parties hereto that are in addition to or in conflict with
                those
                set forth in this Agreement or the applicable Purchase Order will
                be of no
                force or effect and will not be incorporated herein or be binding
                unless
                specifically and expressly agreed to in writing by both parties.
                No
                change, waiver or discharge will be valid unless in writing signed
                by an
                authorized representative of the party against whom such change,
                waiver or
                discharge is sought to be enforced. Each party, by executing this
                Agreement, represents and warrants that all necessary corporate or
                other
                authority to execute the Agreement has been obtained and that the
                person
                signing the Agreement is authorized to do so and thereby bind that
                party.

            

    

    

    
      	
              31.
                

            	
              Acceptance.
                The following provisions apply with respect to the acceptance of
                the
                Products: 

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              Acceptance
                Tests (the “Acceptance Tests”) will be carried out in respect of the
                product that is installed by Ericsson, to verify that it will operate
                and
                perform in accordance with the relevant specifications provided by
                Ericsson (the “Specifications”). 

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (b)

            	
              Ericsson
                will notify Customer when it determines that the product is ready
                for
                Acceptance Tests, such notice to be given no less than seventy-two
                (72)
                hours before commencement of the Acceptance Tests. Customer and Ericsson
                will jointly commence the
                Acceptance

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          12

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    Tests
      on
      the date mutually agreed upon by both parties and specified in Ericsson's notice
      (or other determined date). Representatives of Ericsson and Customer will sign
      off on the form provided by Ericsson for the Acceptance Tests (the “Tests
      Results Form”) as to whether each item of the test was passed or failed. If
      Customer does not have a representative attend the Acceptance Tests on the
      mutually scheduled date, Ericsson will proceed with those tests and immediately
      forward the Test Results Form to Customer. No later than five (5) days after
      the
      effective receipt (in accordance with Section 24 of the Agreement) by Customer
      of the Test Results Form, Customer will give Ericsson a written notice
      confirming that the product is accepted or refusing acceptance, in which case
      Customer’s notice will state the particulars of the alleged deviation. If
      Customer fails to notify Ericsson during this period, Ericsson will, at its
      discretion but acting reasonably, determine whether or not the product is
      accepted and the product is deemed to have been accepted on the date upon which
      the Acceptance Tests were successfully completed.

    

    
      	 	
              (c)

            	
              If
                the Acceptance Tests results indicate that the product does not fulfill
                the requirements of the Specifications, Ericsson will diligently
                correct
                these defects at no additional cost to Customer. Acceptance of the
                product
                will not be unreasonably refused because of minor deviations that
                do not
                prevent it from being put into operation, although this will not
                relieve
                Ericsson from its obligation to remedy the deviations without undue
                delay.
                As used in the previous sentence “minor deviation” means that both parties
                agree that the defect will not affect end users quality of service.
                Upon
                correction of the defects, the relevant Acceptance Tests will be
                repeated
                on the relevant product in accordance with the procedures set out
                in this
                Article. Upon successful completion of the Acceptance Tests, the
                product
                will be deemed accepted by Customer and Acceptance will be deemed
                to have
                taken place as of that completion.

            

    

     

    
      	 	
              (d)

            	
              If
                the date the Acceptance Tests are successfully completed is delayed
                as the
                result of the failure of Customer to fulfill its obligations under
                this
                Agreement, Acceptance will be deemed to have occurred on the date
                it would
                reasonably have taken place if Customer had fulfilled those
                obligations.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (e)

            	
              Acceptance
                of the product may involve testing the product itself and interfaces
                (standard or agreed) to equipment not supplied by Ericsson under
                this
                Agreement. For this reason, tests of all products not supplied by
                Ericsson
                must be completed by Customer prior to commencement of Acceptance
                Tests
                and in the event that tests of applicable external products are
                incomplete, Customer will allow Ericsson to exclude affected tests,
                and
                the Test Results Form will indicate that test has been excluded.
                In the
                event the product passes the other relevant tests, it will be deemed
                accepted. Ericsson will help co-ordinate integration testing with
                products
                not supplied by Ericsson and may require the participation of the
                suppliers of such products in the testing
                process.

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (f)

            	
              If
                Customer commences use of the product, other than for the express
                purpose
                of training or testing as agreed between Ericsson and Customer in
                writing
                prior to Acceptance, it will be deemed accepted by
                Customer.

            

    

    

    
      	
              32.

            	
              Preferred
                Supplier.
                During the term of this Agreement, Ericsson shall be the preferred
                supplier of GSM equipment (excluding mobile soft switches that may
                be used
                to support GSM) and software purchased by Customer. For purposes
                of this
                paragraph, “preferred supplier” means that during the term of this
                Agreement, Customer shall purchase GSM equipment and software from
                Ericsson, provided that Ericsson’s rates, terms and conditions (including
                without limitation the related support) are competitive with the
                rates,
                terms and conditions (including without limitation the related support)
                offered by third parties for substantially similar GSM equipment
                and
                software.

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          13

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              33.

            	
              Other
                Agreements.
                This Agreement supersedes the March 14th
                MPA. Accordingly, upon execution of this Agreement, the March
                14th
                MPA (including without limitation Section 34 of the March 14th
                MPA) will terminate and will have no further force or effect, except
                as
                follows:

            

    

    

    
      	 	
              (a)

            	
              Hosted
                Services Agreement.
                As soon as practicable, Ericsson and RCC will work together in good
                faith
                to enter into the Hosted Services Agreement, which will supersede
                (i) the
                Statement of Work - Managed Content Services, effective as of January
                19,
                2005, as amended, (ii) MMS Shared Hosted Managed Service Statement
                of Work
                dated December 17, 2004, as amended, (iii) the Hosted Mobile Mail
                Service
                Statement of Work, dated March 7, 2005; (iv) the Hosted Managed Services
                Statement of Work, effective as of August 12, 2005, , and (v) Schedule
                No.
                1 for SMS Hosted Managed Service, effective as of August 12, 2005,
                all
                between the parties. Prior
                to the parties’ execution of the Hosted Services Agreement, the documents
                referenced in the foregoing clauses (i)-(v) will remain in full force
                and
                effect in accordance with their respective terms and
                conditions.

            

    

    

    

    IN
      WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused their authorized
      representatives to execute this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

    

    ERICSSON
      INC.     RURAL
      CELLULAR CORPORATION

    

    

    By:
      Gowton Achibar     By:
      Ann
      Newhall

    

    Name:
      Gowton Achibar     Name:
      Ann
      Newhall

    

    Title:
      General Manager     Title:
      Executive Vice President and COO

    

    [signed
      November 22, 2006]

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          14

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    SCHEDULE
      1

    

    FORM
      OF CONFIRMING MEMORANDUM

    

    This
      memorandum confirms the mutually agreement and understanding between Ericsson
      Inc. and Rural Cellular Corporation that ______________, 2006 shall be the
      Effective Date of the Restated and Amended Master Purchase Agreement, effective
      as of September __, 2006, between the parties. 

    

    Date:
      ______________________, 2006

    

    

    ERICSSON
      INC.     RURAL
      CELLULAR CORPORATION

    

    

    By:
             By:
           

    

    Name:
             Name:
           

    

    Title:
             Title:
           

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          15

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      A

    

    NET
      PRICE LIST

    

    1. GSM
      OSS Software

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              Basic
                Software

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              INF
                901 2351/U1

            	
              Centralized
                Operations Support SS+BSS; FM Complete (RC-3 BASIC) - Comprised of
                the
                following software features:

            	
              $***
                

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	 	
              Cellular
                Network Activity Manager (CNAM)

            	 	 
	 	
              Database
                (DB)

            	 	 
	 	
              X-Terminal
                Solution (XTERM)

            	 	 
	 	
              TMOS
                Security Services (TSS)

            	 	 
	 	
              TMOS
                Basic Service (TBS)

            	 	 
	 	
              Geographical
                and logical Network Information Presentation (GNIP)

            	 	 
	 	
              Standard
                Map (SMP)

            	 	 
	 	
              OMC
                Flashboard (OMCFB)

            	 	 
	 	
              Database
                Services (TDS)

            	 	 
	 	
              OSS
                Client Solution (OCS)

            	 	 
	 	
              Command
                Handler (CHA)

            	 	 
	 	
              File
                Transfer and Management (FHA)

            	 	 
	 	
              Element
                Management Accessories (EMA)

            	 	 
	 	
              Basic
                Network Surveillance Interface Manager (BNSI-M)

            	 	 
	 	
              Basic
                Network Surveillance Interface Agent (BNSI-A)

            	 	 
	 	
              Fault
                Management Viewer (FMV)

            	 	 
	 	
              Recovery
                and Diagnostic Tools (RDT)

            	 	 
	 	
              CORBA
                Alarm IRP manager (CIRPM)

            	 	 
	 	
              SNMP
                Manager (SNMPM)

            	 	 
	 	
              Text
                Alarm Toolkit, Runtime (TXTR)

            	 	 
	 	
              Basic
                OSS Administration (BOA)

            	 	 
	 	
              Command
                Handling, Winfiol (WFIOL)

            	 	 
	 	
              External
                Access Module (EAM)

            	 	 
	 	
              Fault
                Management Basic (FMB)

            	 	 
	 	 	 	 

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          16

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              Premium
                Feature Package (comprised
                of the following software features, each of which software features
                may be
                licensed to Customer individually at the applicable net price set
                forth
                below)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU 

            
	
              INF
                202 1325/NC1

            	
              BTS
                Configuration Management (BCM) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1328/NC1

            	
              Measurement
                Result Recording (MRR) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1338/NC1

            	
              Network
                Statistics Analyzer (NWS-A) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1342/NC1

            	
              Performance
                Statistical Alarms (PSA) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1318/NC1

            	
              Radio
                Network Recording (RNR) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1340/NC1

            	
              Statistical
                Gateway (SGw) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1051/NU

            	
              Report
                Generator, Business Objects

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1341/NC1

            	
              Statistical
                Data Mart (SDM) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1339/NC1

            	
              Statistical
                Measurement Initiator and Administration (SMIA) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 474

            	
              Frequency
                Allocation Support Upgrade

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 477

            	
              Neighboring
                Cell Support - GSM, Upgrade

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 631

            	
              Traffic
                Estimation Tool, Upgrade

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	 	 	 	 
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              Optional
                Premium Features

            	
               

            	
              ***

            	
               

            
	
              INF
                202 1332/NC1

            	
              Frequency
                Optimization eXpert (FOX) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1333/NC1

            	
              Neighbouring
                cell Optimization eXpert (NOX) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                901 2356/N7

            	
              FAJ
                121 44, Fault Management Expert, Rule engine (FMXR)

            	
              ***

            	
              Server

            
	
              INF
                901 2356/N8

            	
              FAJ
                121 45, Fault Management eXpert, Development License
                (FMXD)

            	
              ***

            	
              Server

            
	
              INF
                202 1317/NC1

            	
              Cellular
                Network Administration (CAN) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1320/NC1

            	
              Cellular
                Network Administration Interface (CNAI) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              INF
                202 1310/NC1

            	
              Operation
                Procedure Support (OPS) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            

    

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          17

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    2. GSM
      BSC Software

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              Basic
                Software

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAP
                131 177

            	
              BSS
                Basic R12 SW Package -
                Comprised of the following software features:

            	
              $*** 

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 21 /1

            	
              BTS
                - Short Time to Operation

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 22 /1

            	
              Support
                of AXE 810 - APG40

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 23 /1

            	
              Support
                of AXE 810 - APT1.5

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 24 /1

            	
              Increased
                Capacity on Abis

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 26 /1

            	
              Transcoder
                Pool Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 27 /1

            	
              Easy
                Handling of Managed Objects

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 28 /1

            	
              BSS
                R9 System Improvements

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 30 /1

            	
              High
                Speed Signaling Link

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 050/1

            	
              BSS
                R9.1 System Improvements

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 054

            	
              Frequency
                Hopping on 32 Frequencies

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1093/1

            	
              Local
                Synchronization Reference

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 117/1

            	
              Flexible
                Channel Allocation

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 151/2

            	
              Software
                Load of RBS 2000

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 152/2

            	
              Flexible
                SDCCH Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 155/2

            	
              Software
                Load of RBS 200

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 165/1

            	
              RBS
                2000 Digital Path Supervision

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 180/2

            	
              Channel
                Event Recording

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 181/1

            	
              Handover
                of Traffic at Channel Blocking

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 195/1

            	
              Alarm
                Co-ordination

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 197/1

            	
              Alarm
                Suppression

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 199/2

            	
              Improved
                Configuration of BTSs

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 200/1

            	
              Improved
                RBS 200 Software Download

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 202/1

            	
              Data
                Channels

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 204/1

            	
              Support
                of A5/1 Ciphering Algorithm

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 205/1

            	
              Manual
                Access Control

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 209/2

            	
              Handover
                in BSS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 210/2

            	
              Paging

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 212/1

            	
              Radio
                Link Failure Supervision

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 213/1

            	
              Diversity

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 219/1

            	
              Traffic
                Channels Submultiplexing (3 PCM Time Slots per TRX)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 220/3

            	
              Supported
                Combinations of Channel Types per TRX

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 221/1

            	
              Switch
                in RBS 200 (Transmission Radio Interface)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 226/1

            	
              AXE
                10/IOG 11 Interface Towards OSS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 231/2

            	
              BSC
                Supervision Functions

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 233/3

            	
              Call
                Path Tracing in BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 238/8

            	
              Traffic
                and Event Measurements in BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 239/5

            	
              Cell
                Traffic Recording

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 240/1

            	
              Processor
                and Exchange Load Measurements in BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 245/1

            	
              Automatic
                Reconfiguration of BCCH and SDCCH

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 246/1

            	
              Automatic
                Reconfiguration of TRAUs (Transcoders)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 247/1

            	
              Redundant
                Control of TRIs

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 252/1

            	
              Subscriber
                Identity Confidentiality, Use of TMSI

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 253/1 

            	
              Support
                for SMS Point-to Point in BSS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 259/6

            	
              Locating

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 264/1

            	
              Loudness
                Adjustment in TRAU

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 267/1

            	
              Multiple
                Cells per TG

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 273/2

            	
              Initiation
                Handling of Cells

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 274/2

            	
              RBS
                200 Digital Path

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 276/1

            	
              TRH
                Load Regulation

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 279/2

            	
              Undefined
                Neighbouring Cells Recording

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 281/1

            	
              Standby
                Synchronization of the TRI

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 282/1

            	
              TRH
                Redundancy

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 285/1 

            	
              Combined
                Control Channels

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 286/1

            	
              Assignment
                to Another Cell

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 294/1

            	
              TRA
                Software Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 296/3

            	
              Transceiver
                Tester (TRXT) Controlled by BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 299/4

            	
              Mobile
                Traffic Record

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 300/1

            	
              Back-up
                in Main Store

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 305/1

            	
              TRA
                in Pool Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 306/1 

            	
              BSS
                Connectivity Test

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 309/1 

            	
              PCM-B
                Transmission Link

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 311/1

            	
              Dynamic
                Allocation of Transcoder Resources

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 313/2

            	
              Release
                of Sequential Events (FORLOPP)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 314/2

            	
              Shorter
                Speech Interrupts at Handover

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 316/1

            	
              MNC
                Expansion

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 352/1

            	
              Multidrop
                at RBS 2301 (Micro)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 37/1

            	
              Selective
                Restart

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 382/1

            	
              Increased
                number of neighbouring cells

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 385/1

            	
              2
                Mbit/s E1/G.703 Long Haul

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 393/1

            	
              Multidrop
                at RBS 2000 (Macro)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 396/2

            	
              Active
                BA-list Recording

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 397/1

            	
              Cell
                Relocation Support Between BSCs

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 416/1

            	
              Handling
                of Synchronization Reference

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 426/1

            	
              Handling
                of RBS Capabilities

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 431/1

            	
              Support
                for Special Cell Configurations

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 442/1

            	
              Improved
                Handling of Emergency Calls in RBS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 443/1

            	
              TRC-BSC
                Overload Control

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 445/2

            	
              Managed
                Object Recovery

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 446/1

            	
              Improved
                BSC-OSS Interworking

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 447/2

            	
              Increased
                Paging Capacity

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 453/1

            	
              Handling
                of External RBS Hardware

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 516/1

            	
              Year
                2000 compliance

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 548/1

            	
              System
                Information, GSM Phase 2

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 549/1

            	
              GSM
                Phase 2 Support

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 550/1

            	
              Switch
                in RBS 2000 (DXU)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 557/2

            	
              Remote
                function change

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 557/3

            	
              Remote
                function change

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 580/1

            	
              Overload
                Protection in TRH

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 581/1

            	
              Flexible
                Alarm Classification

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 584/1

            	
              TMA
                dual alarm

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 59/1 

            	
              TRH
                Load Distribution

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 610/1

            	
              Supervision
                of Digital Paths Connected to the BTS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 699/1

            	
              Mix
                of ETC-Types in BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 700/1

            	
              BTS
                Backwards compatibility

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 720/1

            	
              Enhanced
                BTS Program & Load of RBS 2000

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 830/1

            	
              External
                Alarm Connection and Presentation Locally at Site

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 87/1 

            	
              Support
                of 1,020 TRXs

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 879/1

            	
              Optimized
                default allocation of MAIO

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 893/1

            	
              AXE
                Hardware Inventory in BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 904/1 

            	
              Double
                BCCH Allocation (BA) Lists

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 908/1

            	
              Support
                for New BTS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 913/1 

            	
              Immediate
                Assignment of TCH

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 915/1

            	
              Channel
                Administration

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 923/1

            	
              Differential
                Channel Allocation

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 994/1

            	
              Support
                of A5/2 Ciphering Algorithm

            	 	 

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          18

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              BSS
                Premium Software - Software CAP Features

            	
               

            	
               

            
	 	
              BSS
                Premium Software Package -
                Comprised of the following software features:

            	
              $***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 052/1

            	
              Multi
                Band BSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 053/1

            	
              Multi
                Band Services

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 055/1

            	
              AMR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 056

            	
              GPRS
                coding scheme 3 and 4

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 060/1

            	
              Flexible
                Priority Handling of Packet DataChannels 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 067/1

            	
              LAPD
                Concentration

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 072/1

            	
              OMT
                License (BSS R9)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 078/1

            	
              Transmitter
                Coherent Combining (TCC)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 32/1

            	
              Quality
                of Service & Scheduling/64kbps

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 50/1

            	
              Real
                Time Event Data

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 51/2

            	
              Flexible
                Positioning Support 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 52/1

            	
              Extended
                Range Cell 121 km

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 53/1

            	
              BCCH
                in Overlaid Subcell

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 89/1

            	
              LAPD
                Multiplexing, RBS 2000

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 256/1

            	
              Discontinuous
                Transmission (DTX) Uplink

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 260/3

            	
              Dynamic
                MS Power Control

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 284/5

            	
              SMS
                Cell Broadcast

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 287/1

            	
              Discontinuous
                Transmission (DTX) Downlink

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 288/1

            	
              Frequency
                Hopping

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 289/1

            	
              Handover
                of SDCCH Priced 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 290/2

            	
              Intra-cell
                Handover

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 315/1

            	
              Half
                Rate Channels

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 329/1

            	
              Enhanced
                Full Rate (EFR)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 344/1

            	
              Transmission
                Performance

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 345

            	
              Remote
                Operation and Maintenance Terminal

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 357/1

            	
              1.5
                Mbit/s T1/DS1 Long Haul 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 381/1

            	
              NF
                381.1 Adaptive Config of SDCCHs-

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 395/1

            	
              Frequency
                Allocation Support

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 398/1

            	
              Frequency
                re-configuration with minimum disturbance

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 399

            	
              Statistics
                Based on Measurement Results

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 428/1

            	
              Advanced
                Handling of Fast Moving Mobiles

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 429/1

            	
              Handover
                Power Boost 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 430/1

            	
              Dynamic
                Overlaid/Underlaid Subcells

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 433/1

            	
              Efficient
                Priority Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 435/1

            	
              Support
                of Remote BSC 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 438/2

            	
              High
                Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 524/1

            	
              TX
                - Diversity (2301 only) 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 534/1

            	
              TX
                Diversity (BSC SW) 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 572/2

            	
              GPRS
                Support per 64kbps

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 573/1

            	
              HCS
                supprt for m-layered ntwrks 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 574/1

            	
              14.4
                kbit/s Circuit Switched Data

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 582/2

            	
              Dynamic
                Half Rate Allocation

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 583/1

            	
              SQS,
                Speech quality supervision

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 594/1

            	
              Software
                Power Boost 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 639

            	
              Mobile
                Crosstalk Control (MCC)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 854/1 

            	
              RBS
                2000 synchronisation 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 870/1

            	
              Flexible
                MAIO Management

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 909/1

            	
              Idle
                Channel Measurement

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 910/3

            	
              Dynamic
                BTS Power Control

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 911/1

            	
              Cell
                Load Sharing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 588

            	
              U-TDOA
                Support (Lb+ interface) - Added ($170)

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              INF
                902 1817/1

            	
              Support
                for 1024 cells in BSC - Added 2006 Addendum

            	
               

            	
               

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          19

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              BSS
                Premium Optional Software Features (may
                be licensed to Customer individually at the applicable net price
                set forth
                below)

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAJ
                122 081

            	
              Synchronized
                Radio Networks

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 082/1

            	
              Antenna
                Hopping

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 083/1

            	
              Inteference
                Rejection Combining

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 085

            	
              Multi
                Band Cell

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 353/1

            	
              AMR
                Power Control

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 355

            	
              Increased
                SDCCH Capacity

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 356

            	
              Self
                Configuring Transcoder Pools

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 358/1

            	
              AMR
                Half Rate

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 359

            	
              Network
                Assisted Cell Change

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 360

            	
              Streaming

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                64 kbps

            
	
              FAJ
                121 361/1

            	
              Dynamic
                FR/HR Adaptation

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 362/1

            	
              Call
                Queuing - requiredd for WPS (Regulatory)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 375

            	
              GPRS/EGPRS
                End-user Performance

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                121 31/1

            	
              EDGE
                SW including BTS EDGE SW and BSC EGPRS SW

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 450/1

            	
              Flexible
                Abis Feature per TRU

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ121589/1
                

            	
              ECGI
                Support in BSC per tru

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              FAJ121588/1
                

            	
              ECGI
                Support in BSC per tru

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 1060/3

            	
              Flexible
                Priority Handling of Packet Data Channels

            	
              ***

            	
              64
                kbps

            
	
              1/INF
                902 150/4

            	
              Real
                Time Event Data

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 153/1

            	
              BCCH
                in Overlaid Subcell

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 2260/5

            	
              Dynamic
                MS Power Control

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 2573/2

            	
              Multi
                Layered HCS

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 2854/2

            	
              RBS2000
                Synchronisation

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 2910/4

            	
              Dynamic
                BTS Power control

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 2083/2

            	
              Inteference
                Rejection Combining (IRC)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 1055/3

            	
              Adaptive
                Multi Rate (AMR)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            
	
              1/INF
                902 2583/3

            	
              Speech
                Quality Supervision

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                TRU

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          20

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    3. GSM
      MSC Software

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Net
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              Basic
                Software

            	 	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAP
                131 138

            	
              MSC
                Basic R12 SW-
                Comprised of the following software features:

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 01/2

            	
              Basic
                Traffic Control in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 04/1

            	
              Roaming
                in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 06/1

            	
              Call
                Routing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 07/1

            	
              IMSI
                Attach/Detach

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 08/2

            	
              Basic
                Mobile Switching Services

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 09/1

            	
              DTMF
                Signalling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 17/6

            	
              Handover
                in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 18/4

            	
              Basic
                Security Features in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 24/3

            	
              Administration
                of Data in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 31/1

            	
              MS
                Purging in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 33/4

            	
              Performance
                Management in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 35/3

            	
              Handling
                of Reset in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 36/3

            	
              Tracing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 42/1

            	
              Activity
                Supervision

            	 	
               

            
	
              FAJ
                122 52/6

            	
              Base
                Station System Application Part in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 120/2

            	
              ANSI
                ISUP

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 131/1

            	
              Definition
                of Geographical Locations

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 132/1

            	
              Provision
                of Location

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 158/1

            	
              Load
                Management

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 159/2

            	
              Test
                and Fault Management

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 175/1

            	
              Analogue
                Test Telephone

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 188/1

            	
              GSM
                phase 2 signalling for suplementary services

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 222/3

            	
              Support
                of Multiple Speech Coders

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 295/1

            	
              Automatic
                Lifeline Testing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 296/1

            	
              Automatic
                Backup Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 328/1

            	
              MNC
                Expansion

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 341/1

            	
              Application
                Modularity (AM) in AXE

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 379/1

            	
              ISUP
                Monitor

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 479/1

            	
              7-Digit
                Dialing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 598/3

            	
              Remote
                Software Change

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 623/1

            	
              Keeping
                of VLR Data

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 662/1

            	
              Duplication
                of Recordable Phrases

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 826/1

            	
              Back-Up
                in Main Store

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 880/1

            	
              TCP/IP
                support in MSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 897/1

            	
              AXE
                Hardware Inventory

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 919/1

            	
              Common
                Channel Signalling System No. 7, ITU Type 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 920/1

            	
              Common
                Channel Signalling System No. 7, ANSI Type 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 922/4

            	
              Mobile
                Application Part (MAP)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 926/5

            	
              AXE
                Hardware Supported by MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 948/1

            	
              Roaming
                between GSM and WCDMA

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 949/2

            	
              Media
                Gateway Selection

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 953/1

            	
              Datacom
                Base

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 957/2

            	
              Basic
                Charging

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1017/1

            	
              Message
                at Call Set-up

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1030/1

            	
              Support
                for Automatic Correction Deployment

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1071/1

            	
              Equal
                Access in MSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1073/1

            	
              Feature
                Group B and D

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1076/1

            	
              Transmission
                Maintenance of T1

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1086/1

            	
              SS7
                Performance Management

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1087/1

            	
              R1
                Signaling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1132/2 

            	
              Release
                of sequential events (Forlopp)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1150/1

            	
              Propagation
                Delay Determinatio nProcedure in MTS

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1151/3

            	
              ETSI-ISUP
                (ISUP 4.6)

            	 	 
	
              FAP
                131 137

            	
              MSC
                Extended Basic R10 SW Package

            	
               

            	 
	
              FAJ
                122 03/1

            	
              Transmission
                Performance Supervision of T1 Trunks 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 11/3

            	
              Call
                Forwarding Services in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 13/2

            	
              Call
                Barring Services in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 20/1

            	
              Accounting

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 55/1

            	
              Announcement
                on ringtone time out

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 68/2

            	
              Fax
                Service

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 69/2

            	
              Call
                Waiting and Call Hold

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 90/1

            	
              Multi
                Party Service

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 91/2

            	
              Calling
                Line Identification Services

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 93/3

            	
              Operator
                Determined Barring in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 97/1

            	
              Announcement
                at Disconnection (Post Answer)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 99/1

            	
              Routing
                of Call from a Grey listed IMEI

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 108/1

            	
              FTAM

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 141/1

            	
              SS7
                Supervision

            	 	 
	 	 	 

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          21

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	 	 	 
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Net
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              MSC
                Premium Software - Software CAP Features

            	 	 
	 	
              MSC
                Premium Software Package -
                Comprised of the following software features:

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 15/4

            	
              Advice
                of Charge in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 63/1

            	
              National
                Roaming

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 66/5

            	
              Short
                Message Services 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 73

            	
              Single
                Personal Number in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 85/1

            	
              MAP
                based interface MSC/VLR-EIR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 86/2

            	
              MAP
                based interface MSC/VLR-SMS-C

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 95/2

            	
              Dual
                Numbering in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 129

            	
              Geographical
                Differentiated Charging

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 130/1

            	
              Handling
                of Half Rate

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 138/1

            	
              Local
                Subscription

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 139/1

            	
              Regional
                Subscription

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 177

            	
              Unstructured
                SS Data in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 207

            	
              Support
                of Multiple Frequency Bands in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 329/1

            	
              Support
                for Subscription Type Dependent Analysis

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 339

            	
              HLR
                Initiated Call Tear Down

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 354/1

            	
              Linking
                of Call Data Records in MSC and SSF

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 448/1

            	
              Linking
                of Call Data Records Inter - MSC

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 460/1

            	
              Account
                Codes in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 468

            	
              Local
                Number Portability

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 469

            	
              Mobility
                Related Triggers in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 493

            	
              Call
                in Progress Tone

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 500/1

            	
              Geographic
                Co-ordinates in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 514/1

            	
              ANSI-/ITU
                SCCP Overhead Converter

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 525/2

            	
              FCC
                E911 Service

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 535/2

            	
              Event
                Triggered Call Data Record

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 568/4

            	
              Legal
                Intercept in MSC/VLR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 587/1

            	
              IAS
                Central Access Server

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 611

            	
              Support
                of GPRS Mobiles in Operation Mode Aor B

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 619/1

            	
              eMLPP

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 624/2

            	
              Support
                of Mobile Traffic Recording

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 861/1

            	
              Enhanced
                Emergency Call Routing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 883

            	
              Flexible
                Varable Phase handling for Announcement Services

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 898/1

            	
              Mobile
                Cross-Talk Control for Echo Cancellers

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 899/2

            	
              Radio
                Network Call Release Reason in CDR

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 927/1

            	
              Gateway
                Message Screening

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 935/1

            	
              Internet
                IWF

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 954

            	
              High
                Speed datacom Service

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 984

            	
              Hot
                Billing

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1009/1

            	
              SMS
                Contents Based Charging

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1011/2

            	
              Positioning

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1016

            	
              Support
                of Equivalent PLMN

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1021

            	
              Support
                for Text Telephony (TTY) 

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1117

            	
              Mobile
                Subscriber Priority Level for Channel Allocation

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1131/1

            	
              Enhanced
                IMEI check

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1155/4

            	
              Circuit
                Pool Handling

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1157

            	
              Indication
                of Mobile Tariff Area to Mobile Subscriber

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 1159/1

            	
              Supervision
                and disconnection of long duration cal

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 301/1

            	
              CAMEL
                Phase 3 Support (Added 2006)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 331/1

            	
              Optimal
                Routing at Late Call Forwarding (Added 2006)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                121 396/1

            	
              Wireless
                Priority Service - Initial Operating Capability (Added
                2006)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 499/1

            	
              Extended
                CAMEL Support (Added 2006)

            	 	 
	
              FAJ
                122 618/2

            	
              CAMEL
                Phase 2 Support (Added 2006)

            	 	 

    

    

    
      	 	 	 	 
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Net
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              MSC
                Premium Optional Software Features (may
                be licensed to Customer individually at the applicable net price
                set forth
                below)

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAJ
                121 58/1

            	
              Charging
                Audit Function

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                121 294/1

            	
              Signalling
                over IP in MSC/VLR and MSC/MGw

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                121 299/1

            	
              Network
                Identity and Time Zone (NITZ)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                121 330/1

            	
              Explicit
                Call Transfer (ECT)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                121 332/1

            	
              Global
                Equal Access

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 085 

            	
              Multi-band
                feature per contract

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                SCC

            
	
              FAP
                131 104

            	
              Basic
                SSF package 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                MSC

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          22

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    4. SGSN
      Software

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              New
                Nodes

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAL
                103 1608/21

            	
              SGSN
                R6 (G) 5kPDP Capacity Upgrade SW License

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAL
                103 1608/24

            	
              SGSN
                R6 Fixed SW Upgrade License Fee

            	
              ***

            	
              Node
                

            
	
              FAL
                103 1621/1

            	
              CPI
                for SGSN R6 on Extranet

            	
              ***

            	
              Unit
                

            
	
              FAJ
                121 248/1

            	
              EDGE
                support

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 249/2

            	
              Multiple
                PLMN support

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 250/1

            	
              Combined
                Procedures, Gs interface

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 251/1

            	
              Compression
                on the Gb interface

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 338/2

            	
              Roaming
                Restrictions

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 342/1

            	
              IPv6
                support in GSN

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 344/2

            	
              Secondary
                PDP context

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 37/3

            	
              Real-time
                charging control using CAMEL

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 456/2

            	
              Selective
                Equivalent PLMN (Optional)

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 545/2

            	
              Near
                real-time provision of CDRs

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 565/1

            	
              Dual
                Transfer Mode

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 790/1

            	
              Packet
                Flow Control per PFC

            	
              ***

            	
              PFC
                

            
	
              FAJ
                121 792/1

            	
              QoS
                based on IMSI series

            	
              ***

            	
              Piece
                

            
	
              FAJ
                121 793/1

            	
              Access
                Aware Core Edge Support

            	
              ***

            	
              Piece
                

            
	
              FAJ
                122 742/4

            	
              IPSec
                for secure network traffic

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 743/5

            	
              Lawful
                intercept

            	
              ***

            	
              5
                kPDP 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 345/1

            	
              25kSAU
                Detach of inactive Subscribers

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 350/1

            	
              25kSAU
                Authentication of Stationary Subscribers

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 498/1

            	
              25kSAU
                Gb over IP

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 645/1

            	
              25kSAU
                Prioritize Payload Users

            	
              ***
                

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 726/1

            	
              25kSAU
                2G-3G Roaming Restriction

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 788/1

            	
              25kSAU
                SGSN Pool for GSM

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 789/1

            	
              25kSAU
                Dual Access

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            
	
              25/FAJ
                121 794/1

            	
              25kSAU
                IMEI Check Gf Interface

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU 

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          23

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    5. GSM
      BSC Hardware

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              New
                Nodes

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAM
                105 412/6

            	
              BSC/TRC
                450 with APG40C 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              FAM
                105 412/1

            	
              Remote
                BSC 450C, R10 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              Expansions

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	 	
              Expansion
                from BSC/TRC 450 to 700 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              Other
                Hardware

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAH
                107 345/1

            	
              BSC
                R10 , 768 TRA Channels ( 4 TRA R6 )

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              FAH
                107 344/1

            	
              BSC
                R10 , 84 T1 (ET155, 1+ 1red., ANSI )

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              FAH
                107 243/10

            	
              ET4-1,
                2 system

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              1/BFZ102111/118

            	
              MAGAZINE
                SET/GEM (4E)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              1/BFZ102111/2

            	
              DELIVERY
                SET/RPG3 (8) EXPANSION SUBRACK

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              BAY111501/4

            	
              INSTALLATION
                KIT/BACK COVER,DOOR SINGLE

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              BFZ102101/82

            	
              SWITCHING
                EQPT/1X8RPG3 CABINET (AXE810)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              BGB95131/30

            	
              FUSE
                UNIT/30A(NFS812)/30MOHM

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM/BFZ102102/9

            	
              CABLE
                SET/BSC GEM 03 (IN THE GEM CABINET

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970348/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/BSC 1120, ISL CABLE MAI

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970351/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/CABLE KIT EXP T1/E1 NON

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970388/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/BSC 1120 SITE INSTALLAT

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970395/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/BSC 1120 T1 SURGE PROTE

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970479/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/BSC 1120-EXP CABINET

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970559/32

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/C-RAN P3.2 CPI CD-ROM

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              NTM1970650/2

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/BSC 1120 OVRHD CABLE TR

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              ROY101118/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: CSPB BO

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              ROY101119/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: RPG3 BO

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              ROY101120/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: ET155-1

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          24

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    6. GSM
      MSC Hardware

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              New
                Nodes

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAM
                105 394/1

            	
              Model
                1, 336 ETC w/ APG40 (GTP Ver. 4.1 336:3072 R10)

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              FAM
                105 416/1

            	
              Mini
                GTP Ver.2.0, 84:512 R10 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              FAM
                105 416/2

            	
              Mini
                GTP Ver.2.0, 168 R10

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	 	 	
              ***

            	 
	
              Model
                1 $ per 84 T1s

            	
              Commercial
                Solution for Model 1

            	
              ***

            	 
	
              Expansions

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              TBD

            	
              Expansion
                from 336 to 504 T1

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              FAM
                105 416/3

            	
              Expansion
                from 84 to 168 T1

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                Node

            
	
              Additional
                Hardware needed for Multiplexing T1's to OC3

            	
               

            	 
	
              FAH
                107 243/10

            	
              ET4-1,
                2 systems T1 protected 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              Other
                Hardware

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAH
                107 243/11

            	
              ET4-1,
                4 system

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              FAH
                107 243/*

            	
              Upgrade
                ET4-1, 4 to 6 system

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              FAH
                107 207/1

            	
              SS7
                interface card 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                64 SS7 

            
	
              FAH
                107 190/2

            	
              512
                ECP Channels 

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit

            
	
              1/BFZ102111/21

            	
              DELIVERY
                SET/GEM 8C, 2 EXPANSION SUBRACK

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              17/BYB501/1

            	
              EQ
                MOUNT SET FOR SINGLE CAB (400MM) C FL

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              BAY111501/4

            	
              BACK
                COVER - DOOR - Single Cabinet

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              BFZ102102/216

            	
              Switching
                Equipment 2GEM4D+4E+8C

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              NTM/BFZ102102/1

            	
              DELIVERY
                SET/HIGHWAY CABLE SET (STANDARD

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              ROY101118/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: CSPB BO

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              ROY101120/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: ET155-1

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            
	
              TFL281324

            	
              Halogenfree,
                2x6, 600v, 90c, ul

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                unit 

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          25

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    7. GSM
      BTS Hardware

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            
	
              GSM
                1900 RBS 2206 (Indoor)

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAB
                620 869

            	
              RBS
                2206, GSM 1900, CDU-G, Max Range, Up to 1+1+2, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC
                131 1004/2

            	
              dTRU
                1900 MHz EDGE 1,1,2 

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1050/01

            	
              TMA
                support 3 sector, TMA-CM & 3 Bias-T injector kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 71/2

            	
              ddTMA
                1900 FB with LNA by-pass 

            	
              ***

            
	
              GSM
                1900 RBS 2106 (Outdoor)

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAB
                620 877

            	
              RBS
                2106, GSM 1900, CDU-G, Max Range, Up to 1+1+2, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC
                131 1004/2

            	
              dTRU
                1900 MHz EDGE 1,1,2 

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1050/01

            	
              TMA
                support 3 sector, TMA-CM & 3 Bias-T injector kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 71/2

            	
              ddTMA
                1900 FB with LNA by-pass 

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD
                300 16/01

            	
              Alarm
                Panel RBS 2106 (16 Alarm)

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD
                300 12/01

            	
              OVP-PCM
                module kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1839/01600

            	
              RBS
                2106 120 ohm connection cable

            	
              ***

            
	
              702/BYB
                41 501/08

            	
              Base
                Frame

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                101 804/1

            	
              Grounding
                kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              BKC
                901 06/010

            	
              Battery
                Kit (100 Ah) Low Height

            	
              ***

            
	
              SXK
                107 2465/1

            	
              Lock
                handle

            	
              ***

            
	
              SMB
                102 10/1

            	
              Lock/Key
                (cabinet)

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                628 180/3

            	
              USA
                Power Outlet type 

            	
              ***

            
	
              GSM
                1900 RBS 2308 (Micro) - Pole Mounted 

            	
               

            
	
              FAB
                620 7004/01

            	
              RBS
                2308, 4 TRX for external antenna

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                192 08/2

            	
              Pole/Mast
                Fixture (RBS and PBC)

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                518 976/1

            	
              Extended
                OMT cable, 50 m

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                518 974/2

            	
              Transmission
                cable TNC(f) 75 W

            	
              ***

            
	
              Other
                Hardware

            	
               

            	 
	
              11/SNGU6011040/410

            	
              CABLE
                LUG/CABLE LUG,4/0 AWG,1 HOLE 3/8",

            	
              ***

            
	
              12/BKC8700200/89EF

            	
              BBS
                Battery 4x6V, 200Ah

            	
              ***

            
	
              21/SNGU6011040/424

            	
              CABLE
                LUG/CABLE LUG,4/0 AWG,2 HOLE 3/8",

            	
              ***

            
	
              24/BKC8610013/004

            	
              BATTERY/

            	
              ***

            
	
              701/BYB41501

            	
              INTERFACE
                UNIT/INSTALLATION INTERFACE

            	
              ***

            
	
              702/BYB
                41 501/08

            	
              Base
                Frame

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFL
                119 153/1

            	
              Auto-tune
                combiner 

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFL119155/1

            	
              COMBINER
                UNIT/CDU-G 800 MHZ

            	
              ***

            
	
              BKC
                901 06/009

            	
              Battery
                kit 100A RBS2106

            	
              ***

            
	
              BKV301483/1

            	
              FAN
                UNIT/FAN UNIT-01

            	
              ***

            
	
              BKY90113/2

            	
              ACCESSORIES/ACCESSORY
                KIT FOR 200AH

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMK508006/1

            	
              BATTERY
                RACK/BBS2000,1XBFU21

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMK90541/2

            	
              CABINET/PBC-MU2

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMK90542/2

            	
              BATTERY
                CABINET/PBC-BU2

            	
              ***

            
	
              BML
                231 202/1

            	
              Power
                Supply Unit (PSU)

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMY
                201 237/9

            	
              RBS2000
                Battery connection cable kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMY201237/12

            	
              MOUNTING
                SET/SEISMIC. SHOCK PROT.

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMY201237/12

            	
              Seismic
                shock protection kit BBU2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMY201237/9

            	
              MOUNTING
                SET/CABLE 95KVMM/20M

            	
              ***

            
	
              BOE60214/1

            	
              FUNCTIONAL
                UNIT/GSM DXU-21

            	
              ***

            
	
              BOE60215/2

            	
              FUNCTIONAL
                UNIT/IXU-21

            	
              ***

            
	
              BOE60216/1

            	
              FUNCTIONAL
                UNIT/TIM E1/T1-01

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                102 863/4

            	
              Diplexers
                

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 382

            	
              RC
                2206(3X2)CDUGu 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 383

            	
              RC
                2206(1X4)CDUGc,GSM 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 388

            	
              RC
                2206(3X4)CDUGc,GSM 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 470

            	
              CDU-G,
                un-combined TX/RX cable kit, Bias-Injector kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 475

            	
              Combined
                TX/RX cable kit 

            	
              ***

            
	 	 	 
	
              FAB
                620 7001/090

            	
              RBS
                2401 cabinet

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 7004/01

            	
              RBS
                2308, 4 TRX for external antenna

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 842

            	
              RC
                2106(3X2)CDUGu 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 843

            	
              RC
                2106(1X4)CDUGc,GSM 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 848

            	
              RC
                2106(3X4)CDUGc,GSM 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 869

            	
              RC
                2206,CDUGu,1+1+2, 1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                620 877

            	
              RC
                2106,CDUGu,1+1+2,1900 cabinet, excl dTRU

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6201187/002

            	
              EQUIP.
                RADIO CABINET/GU 2X2 8 T1 2106I

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6201191/001

            	
              EQUIP.
                RADIO CABINET/GU 3X2 19 T1 2106I

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6201191/002

            	
              2106
                800Gu/3x2

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6201193/002

            	
              EQUIP.
                RADIO CABINET/GC 1X12 8 T1 2106I

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620381/001

            	
              2206
                1900Gu/2x2/+24VDC, uncombined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620382/002

            	
              2206
                1900Gu/3x2/+24VDC, uncombined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620385/001

            	
              2206
                1900Gc/1x12/+24V, combined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620389/001

            	
              2206
                800Gu/1x2/+24V, uncombined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620391/002

            	
              2206
                800Gu/3x2/230-120V, uncombined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620394/001

            	
              2206
                800Gc/1x12/+24V, combined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620394/002

            	
              2206
                800Gc/1x12/230-120V, combined

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620471/1

            	
              COMBINER
                UNIT/EXP.CDU-G UNCOMB.NO TMA 8

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620474/1

            	
              COMBINER
                UNIT/EXP.CDU-G COMBIN.NO TMA 8

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620566/03

            	
              EDGE
                dTRU 1900 MHz 2x2 (qty 2 dTRUs)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620567/09

            	
              EDGE
                dTRU 1900 MHz 3x2 (qty 3 dTRUs)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620570/01

            	
              EDGE
                dTRU 1900 MHz 1x12 (qty 6 dTRUs)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620572/01

            	
              EDGE
                dTRU 800 MHz 1x2 (qty 1 dTRUs)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620573/03

            	
              TRANSCEIVER/(1,1)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620574/01

            	
              TRANSCEIVER/(3)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620574/09

            	
              EDGE
                dTRU 800 MHz 3x2 (qty 3 dTRU)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB620577/01

            	
              EDGE
                dTRU 800 MHz 1x12 (qty 6 dTRU)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6207020/02

            	
              RBS2109-1900
                Mast ext ant TMA-sup ready

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6207021/02

            	
              RBS2109-1900
                Exten ext ant TMA-sup ready

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB6207022/01

            	
              RADIO
                STATION/RBS2109 GSM 800 MASTER

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC
                131 1004/2

            	
              Individual
                1900 MHz dTRU 

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC1311005/2

            	
              TRANSCEIVER/DTRU
                800 MHZ EDGE

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC161028/1

            	
              TRANSCEIVER/RRU-H8

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRF20189/2

            	
              EHCU
                824-960 MHz

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                101 1856/1

            	
              RX
                multicoupler 

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 71/1

            	
              TMA
                GSM 1900 - Without Bypass Functionaliy

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 71/2

            	
              TMA
                GSM 1900 - With Bypass Functionaliy

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 81/1

            	
              TMA
                GSM 800 - Without Bypass Functionaliy

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 81/2

            	
              TMA
                GSM 800 - With Bypass Functionaliy

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY11254/1

            	
              ANTENNA
                ACCESSORIES/ASU

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY11271/2

            	
              AMPLIFIER/DDTMA
                FB FOR GSM 1900 BYPASS

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY11281/2

            	
              ddTMA
                GSM800 with By-Pass

            	
              ***

            
	
              NBA101025/21

            	
              Distribution
                Frame Unit 7m (DF/OVP/PCM)

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD
                300 12/02

            	
              OVP-PCM
                Module kit (75 Ohm)

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD
                300 16/01

            	
              Alarm
                Panel

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD90126/11

            	
              OVERVOLTAGE
                ARRESTER/OVP-PCM-MODULE KIT

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD90126/13

            	
              OVERVOLTAGE
                ARRESTER/OVP-ALM1, EXTERNAL

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                101 804/2 

            	
              Grounding
                Kit GBF 

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                101 902/1

            	
              Intrusion
                protection screws and bits tool

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                201 207/1

            	
              Label
                Set for GSM feeders

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                201 2977/2

            	
              Anchor
                Kit GBF 

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                201 3093/1

            	
              TG-Synch
                Support Internal

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1047/01

            	
              ASU-support
                kit, ASU & ASU cabinet internal cable-kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1048/01

            	
              TMA
                Support 1 Sector (2 Antennas)

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1049/01

            	
              TMA
                Support 2 Sectors (4 Antennas)

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1050/01

            	
              TMA
                Support Kit 1 sector

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM
                202 1051/01

            	
              ASU
                Support kit RBS2106

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM1010587/1

            	
              MOUNTING
                SET/PBC-02, PBC-BU SINGLE MOUNT

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM101804/2

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/GROUNDING KIT 35MM2

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM101902/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/INTRUSION PROTECTION SC

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM19208/3

            	
              MOUNTING
                SET/POLE BRACKET SET

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM19243/1

            	
              MOUNTING
                SET/MATERIAL SET WALL BRACKET

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM1970160/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/PBA,CAM,128CE,RBS

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM1970195/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/RBS, RX DOWNCONVERTER,

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM1970534/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/RBS, MTX UPCONVERTER, 8

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM1970720/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/RBS, PBA, CAM, 64CE

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2011285/1

            	
              Lifting
                eye set

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2011285/1

            	
              Lifting
                eye set

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM201207/1

            	
              Label
                Set for feeders

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2012685/01

            	
              Grounding
                kit RBS 220x, BBS

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2012977/1

            	
              Concrete
                Anchor Kit RBS2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2012977/2

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/EXPANDERBOLTS,M12X90MM

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2012983/1

            	
              CABLE
                SET/CDU-G COMBINED

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2013072/2

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/ESB/CABLE 7,020M RBS 2

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2013093/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/TG SYNC SUPPORT RBS2106

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2013146/1

            	
              PCM
                Label Set RBS2X06

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021047/01

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/ASU-SUPPORT RBS2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021048/01

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/(B),BIAS INJECTOR KIT/S

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021049/01

            	
              TMA
                Support Kit 2 sector

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021050/01

            	
              TMA
                Support Kit 3 sector

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021050/01

            	
              TMA
                Support Kit 3 sector

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021050/01

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/(B,B,B),BIAS INJECTOR K

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021050/01

            	
              TMA
                Support Kit 3 sector

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM2021051/01

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/ASU-SUPPORT RBS2106

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM20268/29

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/TMA-CM KIT FOR RBS 2109

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTMU20128/1

            	
              KIT/KIT,
                SPLIT B SECTOR DIVERSITY

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ111111

            	
              SPARE
                PARTS SET/4 PCS OF OVP BOARDS 

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ112515/2

            	
              SPARE
                PARTS SET/SUNSHIELD

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ112516/1

            	
              SPARE
                PARTS SET/PIB;POWER INTERFACE BOAR

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ112517/1

            	
              SPARE
                PARTS SET/IFB;INTERFACE BOARD

            	
              ***

            
	
              RNV9912007/1

            	
              STRAPPING
                PLUG/STRAPPING PLUG, RBS 2107

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                113 7593/15000

            	
              PCM
                RJ45/15Pin connection cable

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1104/12420

            	
              TG-Synch
                External Cable

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1839/01600

            	
              Internal
                PCM Cable 

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                628 180/3

            	
              USA
                Power Outlet type 

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM1137593/15000

            	
              CONNECTION
                CABLE/CABLE-RBS TO ADC SONEP

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM1137593/15000

            	
              PCM
                RJ45/15Pin Conn Cable

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM119342/4

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/RBS JUMPER N(M)-7/1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM119395/1

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/OMT CABLE 20 M RBS

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM119511/2

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/Y CABLE MASTER 0,5

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM119925/1

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/CABLE EBB TO IXU

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM119958/5000

            	
              POWER
                CABLE/DC-CABLE 5,0 M

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5131104/07020

            	
              CABLE/SIGNAL
                ESB/CAB

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5131782/00310

            	
              COAXIAL
                CABLE/COAXIAL CABLE RBS2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5131893/00210

            	
              COAXIAL
                CABLE/QMA CDU-TRU/RXA RBS2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5131893/00230

            	
              COAXIAL
                CABLE/QMA CDU-TRU/RXA RBS2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5131893/00390

            	
              COAXIAL
                CABLE/QMA CDU-TRU/RXA RBS2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5132186/00200

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/EXT ALARM/CONN.FIEL

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5132190/01600

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/DXU/CONN.FIELD

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM5132193/01700

            	
              CABLE
                WITH CONNECTOR/ESB/CONN.FIELD, RBS

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM513904/02160

            	
              CABLE/SIGNAL
                ESB

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM628180/3

            	
              CONNECTION
                CABLE/A3CU, US

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPT403805/01

            	
              CONNECTOR/D-SUB
                STRAPPING PLUG 90 OHM

            	
              ***

            
	
              SAR201080/03

            	
              LIFTING
                EYE BOLT/LIFTIG EYE BOLT LT M8 S

            	
              ***

            
	
              SAR201100/03

            	
              Lifting
                eye RBS 2206

            	
              ***

            
	
              SDF10548/1

            	
              COVER/PROTECTION
                COVER FAN UNIT

            	
              ***

            
	
              SEB1121133/3

            	
              FRAME/MBU-01

            	
              ***

            
	
              SMB10210/1

            	
              LOCK/LOCK/KEY,
                CABINET

            	
              ***

            
	
              SXK
                107 2465/1

            	
              Lock
                Handle

            	
              ***

            
	
              TPM1010023/10M

            	
              CABLE/TFL3016003/4
                10M SPO

            	
              ***

            
	
              TSR26323
                / 900 

            	
              Power
                cable BFU21-1MU/2x6

            	
              ***

            
	
              TSR95170/2

            	
              1⁄2"
                jumper(superflex),2m, 7/16(m)- 7/16(m

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          26

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    8. TEMS

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            
	
              TEMS
                Investigation

            	
               

            
	
              FAB
                801 5873

            	
              TEMS
                investigation 7.1 GSM Base Package

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5872

            	
              TEMS
                investigation 7.1 UMTS Base Package

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5884

            	
              Sony
                Ericsson W600i

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 4913

            	
              Nokia
                6230 US

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5886

            	
              Qualcomm
                License Option B

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5889

            	
              Nokia
                License Option A

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5890

            	
              Motorola
                License Option A

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 6096

            	
              PCTEL
                License Option

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 1238

            	
              Garmin
                GPS 35 PC, GPS Kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 1253

            	
              USB-to-RS232
                Serial Converter, HUB 4 Ports

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 1254

            	
              USB-to-RS232
                Serial Converter, HUB 8 Ports

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5770

            	
              OEM
                USB GPS Kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                901 053

            	
              7
                Port USB Hub

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                901 033

            	
              2
                Port USB Hub Cable

            	
              ***

            
	
              TEMS
                DriveTester

            	
               

            
	
              FAB
                801 6199

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester CDMA 4.x Base Package

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC
                161 047

            	
              TEMS
                Kyocera SE44 Phone

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                119 0052

            	
              SE44
                Interface Cable

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 4991

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester GSM/GPRS 2.x with T610, Short Stand

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 4992

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester GSM/GPRS 2.x with T616, Short Stand

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 4993

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester GSM/GPRS 2.x with T618, Short Stand

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5005

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester 2.x T610 Phone Kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5006

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester 2.x T616 Phone Kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 5007

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester 2.x T618 Phone Kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 3239

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester Annual Support

            	
              ***

            
	
              LZU
                102 684

            	
              TEMS
                DriveTester Training (1 Day, plus expenses)

            	
              ***

            
	
              TEMS
                DeskCAT

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              FAB
                801 2997

            	
              TEMS
                DeskCAT 5.1 (Single User License)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 2998

            	
              TEMS
                DeskCAT 5.1 (Site License)

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                801 2999

            	
              TEMS
                DeskCAT 5.1 (Corporate License)

            	
              ***

            
	
              LZU
                102 513

            	
              Training,
                TEMS DeskCAT (2 days, plus expenses)

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          27

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    9. CALEA

    

    
      	
              Product
                Number

            	
              Description

            	
              Parameter

            	
              NET
                Price 

            
	
              Hardware

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              SG-2100-02-01-10

            	
              Call
                Data Delivery Function (CDDF) hardware - Hi Availability - 1 per
                15
                MSC

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-3101-02-01-10

            	
              Global
                System Admin (GSA) Hardware - UNIX Hi Availability - 1 per
                network

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              27-310-0176

            	
              Rack
                Assembly (Includes Router/Hub/cables/IP)

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              MFM
                - 1 Per Network (Optional)

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-4000-02-01-10

            	
              Maintenance
                and Fault Monitoring Hardware, Basic

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              Spares

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-2100-03-01-10

            	
              Spare,
                CDDF, High Availability

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-3100-03-01-10

            	
              Spare,
                GSA, High Availability

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              Software

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              Ericsson
                LI feature

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAJ122568/4

            	
              GSM
                MSC R9.1 Lawful Intercept feature 

            	
              included
                in SW CAP

            	
              ***

            
	
              CDDF
                - 1 per 15 MSCs

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              SG-2000-02-01-20

            	
              CDDF
                Software - 200 CDCs (MSC support)

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-2000-02-01-60

            	
              CDDF
                Software - (HLR support)

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-2000-02-01-23

            	
              CALEA
                Punch List Software Upgrade

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-2000-02-01-30

            	
              Toggle
                for Dial Digit Extraction/Location Information in CDDF &
                GSA

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              GSA
                - 1 Per Network - GSM only

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              SG-3000-02-01-21

            	
              GSA
                1 Software No. of Targets/taps 150

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-3000-02-01-60

            	
              GSA
                Software for HLR Support

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            
	
              MFM
                - 1 Per Network (Optional) - GSM only

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              SG-4000-02-01-20

            	
              MFM
                Software including Single SIS platform

            	
              per
                small system

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          28

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    10. GSM
      Spares

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Kit
                Quantity

            	
              NET
                Price

            
	
              MSC-GSM
                SPARES

            	
              AXE810
                MSC Spares Kit

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 64/1

            	
              APZ
                212 30/1 Common Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 109/1

            	
              APZ
                212 33 Kit IPN Adapted - Not fitted

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 53/6

            	
              Common
                Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 53/7

            	
              GB
                Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 57/10

            	
              MSC
                Misc.Kit ANSI

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFD
                509 08/3

            	
              Fan
                Unit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFD
                509 08/4

            	
              Fan
                Unit (GEM)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                207 030/2

            	
              RP
                Bus Board Serial

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 16/5

            	
              RPP(DTI2)
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 43/2

            	
              RPG3
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 06/1

            	
              DLHB
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 507/1

            	
              RP4-H
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                208 306/1

            	
              ET155
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BSC-GSM
                SPARES

            	
              AXE810
                BSC/TRC Spares Kit

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 64/1

            	
              APZ
                212 30/33 Common Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 64/3

            	
              CPG,
                APZ 212 30, 80 MHz

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 53/6

            	
              Common
                Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 53/7

            	
              GB
                Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFD
                509 08/3

            	
              Fan
                Unit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFD
                509 08/4

            	
              Fan
                Unit (GEM)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                207 030/2

            	
              RP
                Bus Board Serial

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 43/2

            	
              RPG3
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 06/1

            	
              DLHB
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                204 507/1

            	
              RP4-H
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ
                208 306/1

            	
              ET155
                Board

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 58/3

            	
              PCU
                Kit

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              2206SPARES-1900

            	
              BTS
                2206 Spare Kit, 1900 MHz (1 Kit per 100 dTRU's)

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              BML
                231 202/1

            	
              PSU:Power
                supply unit, (PSU230 1000W +24VDC FC Opto, /2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BOE
                602 14/1

            	
              Functional
                Unit, DXU-21, (for /2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                101 1856/1

            	
              Unit,
                CXU 900/1800/1900 MHz, ( for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFL
                119 153/1

            	
              CDU-G
                1900MHz,Combiner Unit, (for /2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC
                131 1004/2

            	
              Transceiver
                1900MHz (EDGE dTRU)

            	
              2

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 54/1

            	
              Unit,
                ASU, ( for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                112 71/2

            	
              ddTMA
                1900 FB with LNA by-pass:

            	
              2

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFL
                119 406/1

            	
              Subrack,
                (Subrack CDU-G/F repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. RBS 2106,
                /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BGM
                136 1001/2

            	
              Printed
                Board assembly., (FCU 4 Fan RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BKV
                301 216/77

            	
              Fan
                Unit, (Diagonal, dia. 171,5*51 24VDC, for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMG
                980 06/1

            	
              IDM:Distribution
                Unit, (IDM Panel for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMG
                980 07/1

            	
              ACCU,
                (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. for RBS2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMG
                980 07/2

            	
              DCCU,
                (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. for RBS2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KDR
                109 61/964

            	
              Microcircuit,
                (Flash ATA 64,2M 5,5V 3,3V I, for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KFE
                101 1145/1

            	
              Filter
                Unit, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. VDC Filter
                /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY
                101 1873/1

            	
              TMA-CM
                Kit (Incl. Front TMA-CM 01, Optional for/2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              KTY
                901 05/1

            	
              Accessories,
                repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. Transmission Adapter for /2106,
                /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NFD
                496 23/1

            	
              Over
                voltage arrester (DF-OVP, 18V # for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              NCD
                300 16/01

            	
              Alarm
                Panel RBS 2106 (16 Alarm)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA
                219 5313/1

            	
              Printed
                Board assembly., (TRU Backplane RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA
                219 5314/1

            	
              Printed
                Board assembly., (DXU Backplane only for RBS 2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1110/01700

            	
              Connection
                cable, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. Conn.cable +24V,
                RBS2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1116/02500

            	
              Signaling
                cable, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. LED-cable GSM syst,
                RBS2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1138/01700

            	
              Connection
                cable, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. Conn.cable +24V,
                RBS2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1409/02500

            	
              Optical
                fiber cable, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. for
                /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 1410/02500

            	
              Optical
                fiber cable, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. for
                /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 852/00160

            	
              Connection
                cable, (Opto for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 852/00250

            	
              Connection
                cable, (Opto for RBS 2106, /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                513 904/02160

            	
              Cable,
                (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. Signal ESB
                RBS2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              RPM
                982 02/200

            	
              Optical
                cable w. connector, (repair code "A" + critical "1" =>C.S. L=200 MM,
                /2206)

            	
              1

            	
              ***

            
	
              Miscellaneous
                MSC/BSC/BTS Spares

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               ***

            
	
              FAH
                107 318/1

            	
              ET4-1
                Spare, PDB board

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAH
                107 318/2

            	
              ET4-1
                Spare, CCF-LI board

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAH
                107 318/3

            	
              ET4-1
                Spare, ET-SFB board

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTZ
                111 58/3

            	
              PCU
                Kit

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              FAB
                102 863/4

            	
              Diplexers

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              CALEA
                Spares

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-2100-03-01-10

            	
              Spare,
                CDDF, High Availability

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            
	
              SG-3100-03-01-10

            	
              Spare,
                GSA, High Availability

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          29

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    11. Services

    

    
      	
              GSM
                Implementation Services

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Parameter

            	
              Net
                Price

            
	
              MSC

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
              Mini
                GTP MSC

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              MSC
                upgrade 84 to 168 T1

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              MSC
                (Model 1 336 T1) with APG40

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              Optional
                ETC cabinet

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              BSC

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              BSC/TRC
                450 with APG40

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              Remote
                BSC

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              BTS

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              BTS
                2206 3x2 with TMA support

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              BTS
                2106 3x2 with TMA support

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              BTS
                2206 dTRU Expansion

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BTS
                2109 1x4

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BTS
                2308 

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              OSS

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              GSM
                OSS R9.1

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              TTY

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              E-CTM
                node

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              GPRS

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              CGSN
                3.0

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              Software
                Upgrade CGSN 3.0 to 5.0

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              CALEA

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              CDDF

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              GSA

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              MFM

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              Re-home

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              Re-parenting
                Nokia BSC to Ericsson MSC

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            
	
              RF
                Services

            	
               

            	 	
               

            
	
               

            	
              Radio
                Design Review 

            	
              per
                site

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
              Initial
                Tuning/Acceptance Test 

            	
              per
                site

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          30

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              GSM
                System Support & Hardware Support

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              Unit
                NET Annual Prices 

            
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Parameter

            	
              In
                Warranty 

            	
              Out
                of Warranty 

            
	
              System
                Support

            
	 	
              Mini
                MSC Models

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Model 1-3

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC-S

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MGW

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              Remote
                BSC

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC
                /TRC

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              TRU

            	
              per
                TRU

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              OSS
                

            	
              per
                server

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              TTY

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              CGSN
                3.0

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              CALEA

            	
              per
                node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              Hardware
                Support

            	
               

            	
               

            	 
	 	
              Mini
                MSC Models

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Model 1-3

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC-S

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              MGW

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              Remote
                BSC

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC
                /TRC

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              TRU

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              OSS
                

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              TTY

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              CGSN
                3.0

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	 	
              CALEA

            	
              per
                node

            	 	
              ***

            
	
              Note:
                All Support Services will be invoiced annually in advance.

            	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          31

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              CDMA
                Support & Maintenance

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              Unit
                NET Annual Prices

            
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              Parameter

            	
              In
                Warranty

            	
              Out
                of Warranty

            
	
              System
                Support

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	 	
              MSC
                Model 1-3

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Model 4&up

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Expansion

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC/TRC
                Model B-E

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC/TRC
                Model F&up

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC
                Expansion

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BTS
                Carrier

            	
              per
                Carrier

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              OSS

            	
              per
                Server

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              IWF

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              PDSN

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              HA

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              AAA

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MPBN

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              Site
                Router

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              CALEA

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              Hardware
                Support

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Model 1-3

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Model 4&up

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MSC
                Expansion

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC
                Model C, B1, C1 E1

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC
                Model F, F1 & up

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BSC
                Expansion

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              BTS
                Carrier

            	
              per
                Carrier

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              OSS

            	
              per
                Server

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              IWF

            	
              per
                unit

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              PDSN

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              HA

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              AAA

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              MPBN

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              Site
                Router

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	
              CALEA

            	
              per
                Node

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              Note:
                All Support Services will be invoiced annually in advance.

            	 	 	 

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          32

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	 	
              Parameter

            	
              Net
                Price

            
	
              WCDMA
                Services

            	 	 
	
              Network
                Rollout

            	 	 
	
              MSC
                Server Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              M-MGw
                R3.0 Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              SGSN
                Dual Access Remote Upgrade

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              GGSN
                Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              RBS
                3206 1x1 Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              RBS
                3206 2x1 Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              RBS
                3206 3x1 Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              RNC
                175 Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            
	
              RXI
                Implementation

            	
              Node

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          33

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    12. Ad
      Hoc
      Hardware Repair

    

    
      	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            	
              NET
                Price 

            
	
              Repair
                Ad-Hoc

            	
               

            
	
              BFL119155/1

            	
              CDU-G
                800 MHZ

            	
              ***

            
	
              BTE101101/13

            	
              TRANSCEIVER
                -  ATRM  (50 Watts)

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC1311004/2

            	
              dTRU
                1900 MHZ EDGE

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRF201243/1

            	
              ATC
                QUAD FILTER

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY11271/2

            	
              AMPLIFIER
                - ddTMA FB FOR GSM 1900 BYPASS

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROF1314255/1

            	
              PCB
                - EXALI-B3

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208439/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - IPU

            	
              ***

            
	
              BOE60214/1

            	
              DXU-21

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFC90175/1

            	
              SUBRACK
                - TFM_DBM2

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA1270293/2

            	
              MULTILAYERPRINTBOARD
                - CC1X64

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC1311005/2

            	
              dTRU
                800 MHZ EDGE

            	
              ***

            
	
              BMR960019/1

            	
              DC/DC-CONVERTER

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFB10951/2

            	
              PLUG
                IN UNIT - LARGE NODE PNA 768MB

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA1270222/2

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - RX MRBS 08/1

            	
              ***

            
	
              BFL119153/1

            	
              COMBINER
                UNIT FOR 1900 MHZ

            	
              ***

            
	
              BML231202/1

            	
              PSU230
                1200W +24VDC FC OPTO

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208442/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - MAU

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208351/1

            	
              PCB
                - CSPB

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRB1011119/1

            	
              TRANSMITTER
                UNIT - HPA, 54W, 800MHz

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRB1011121/1

            	
              TRANSMITTER
                UNIT - HPA, 40W, 1900MHz

            	
              ***

            
	
              NTM1970425/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS - GPS Kit, GPS Receiver Kit

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ1192106/3

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - GPB3

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ1192108/2

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - SCB

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208437/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - POWC

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ1192170

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - PBA, GPS-TUB, BSC 1120

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA1270223/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - TX MRBS 19 3C

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA1270222/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - RX MRBS 19/1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ20443/2

            	
              PCB
                - RPG3

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRC16184/7

            	
              RRU
                - 800 MHz TRANSCEIVER/RRU-M8

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ1192101/2

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - ET-M1

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208440/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - DSU-1GW

            	
              ***

            
	
              BML435002/1

            	
              RECTIFIER
                (+24V)

            	
              ***

            
	
              BML435004/1

            	
              RECTIFIER
                - 24V 1700W FORCED COOLING

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ20416/4

            	
              PCB-RPP-BASIC

            	
              ***

            
	
              1/BPD10436/1

            	
              Condenser
                Fan (Climate)

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208306/1

            	
              PCB
                - ET155-1-O

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROA1270223/2

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - TX MRBS 08 3C

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ1192175/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - MSB2

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ20432/1

            	
              PCB
                - PDSPLE

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ208304/1

            	
              PCB
                - XDB

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRB1011125/1

            	
              TRANSMITTER
                UNIT - HPA, 60W, 800MHZ

            	
              ***

            
	
              2/BPD10435/1

            	
              SPARE
                PART - Heat Exchanger Extern.fan 24v

            	
              ***

            
	
              ROJ20416/6

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD ASSEMBLY - RPP

            	
              ***

            
	
              KRY1011856/1

            	
              CXU-10

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          34

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

     

    

    13.
       WCDMA/UMTS

     

    

    
      	
              Description

            	
              Net
                Unit Price

            	
              Parameter

            
	
              MSC
                

            	 	 
	
              CN
                Server 40i, R11 (ETSI&ANSI) 

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              MSC
                Basic SW

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              MSC
                Optional SW Package

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Signaling
                Transport over IP (SIGTRAN)

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Network
                Identity and Time Zone (NITZ)

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              CAMEL
                Phase 3 Support

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Explicit
                Call Transfer (ECT)

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Optimal
                Routing at Late Call Forwarding

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Global
                Equal Access

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Extended
                CAMEL Support

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              CAMEL
                Phase 2 Support

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              WCDMA
                to GSM Handover

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              MGW

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              GMP
                V2.0 Base Configuration 205 (HS5)

            	
              ***

            	
              Node
                

            
	
              M-MGw
                R3.0 Main Basic SW License RTU

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              M-MGw
                R3.0 Main Optional SW Package

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              UMTS
                Lu Interface

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              OSS
                SW

            	
               

            	 
	
              Core

            	
               

            	 
	
              FAJ
                121 91, Network Statistics Analyzer - Core, MGw 

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                Node

            
	
              FAJ
                121 597, Statistical Data Mart - Core, MGw 

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                Node

            
	
              FAJ
                122 847, Performance Statistical Alarms, MGw 

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                Node

            
	
              FAJ
                121 890, Core Network Starter Package, MGw 

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                Node

            
	
              Radio

            	
               

            	 
	
              Centralized
                Operations Support SS+BSS; FM Complete (BASIC)

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              BTS
                Configuration Management (BCM) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Measurement
                Result Recording (MRR) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Network
                Statistics Analyzer (NWS-A) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Performance
                Statistical Alarms (PSA) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Radio
                Network Recording (RNR) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Statistical
                Gateway (SGw) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Report
                Generator, Business Objects

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Statistical
                Data Mart (SDM) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              Statistical
                Measurement Initiator and Administration (SMIA) SS+BSS

            	
              ***

            	
              Per
                SCC

            
	
              GSN

            	 
	
              SGSN
                SW package

            	
              ***

            	
              25K
                SAU

            
	
              GGSN
                HW

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              GGSN
                Basic Capacity SW Package

            	
              ***

            	
              License

            
	
              GGSN
                HSDPA SW package

            	
              ***

            	
              50KPDP

            
	
              Radio
                Network Hardware

            	 
	
              RXI
                820

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              RNC
                3810 

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              RBS
                3106 (1x1)

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              RBS
                3106 (2x1)

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              RBS
                3106 (3x1)

            	
              ***

            	
              Node

            
	
              UTRAN
                SW

            	 
	
              UTRAN
                Software (RNC & RBS & RXI) 32 CE step

            	
              ***

            	
              32CE

            
	
              HSDPA
                RTU Initial (5 codes/3cell carrier)

            	
              ***

            	
              HS
                CC

            
	
              Network
                Management

            	 
	
              OSS
                HW Package

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              OSS
                growth RTU, per W-Node

            	
              ***

            	
              WRAN
                Node

            
	
              Spares

            	 	 
	
              MSC
                Server Spares Kit

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              MGW
                Spares Kit

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              RNC

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              GGSN

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              HSDPA
                (128 DL CE board) 1 Board (1 board recommended for every 100 Node
                B)

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              RBS
                3206 (1 kit recommended for every 100 RBS)

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              RXI
                820

            	
              ***

            	
              Kit

            
	
              System
                Support

            	
              In
                Warranty 

            	
              Out
                of Warranty 

            
	
              MSC-S

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              MGW
                

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              RNC

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              per
                CE 

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              HSDPDA
                (per Node B)

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              GGSN

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              Hardware
                Support

            	
              In
                Warranty 

            	
              Out
                of Warranty

            
	
              MSC-S
                

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              MGW
                

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              RNC

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              RXI

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              per
                CE

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              HSDPDA
                (per Node B)

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              GGSN

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              Shipping

            	 	 
	
              Transportation
                per OSS server per trip

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                node

            
	
              RBS
                Transportation per base station per trip

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                node

            
	
              RNC
                Transportation per node per trip

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                node

            
	
              EPDU
                Cabinet per pair per trip

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                node

            
	
              Circuit
                Node Transportation per node

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                node

            
	
              Packet
                Node Transportation per node

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                node

            
	 	 	 
	
              Misc.
                parts/Bulk order and all other deliveries

            	 	 
	 	 	 
	
              Total
                value per sales order based on HW list price 

            	 	 
	
              $0
                to $2,500

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                order

            
	
              $2,501
                to $10,000

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                order

            
	
              $10,001
                to $75,000

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                order

            
	
              $75,001
                to $150,000

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                order

            
	
              $150,001
                and above

            	
              ***

            	
              per
                order

            
	 	 	 
	
              Transportation
                is applicable per trip.

            	 	 
	
              Expedite
                fee RCC_EXPEDITE is 1% to 5% of HW list per requirement

            	 	 

    

     

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          35

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    14. Training
      Services.

    

    
      	
              Training

            	 	 	
              Parameter

            	
              Net
                Unit Price

            
	 	
              Training
                Credit Unit

            	
              per
                CU

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          
            

            

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

            

            RCC
              and
              Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

            Restated
              and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          

          
          

        

        
          36

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.11(c) Redacted

                    

            

            

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      B

    

    CDMA
      LAST-TIME-BUY

    

    

    
      	
              INQUIRY
                10035657

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              DESCRIPTION:

            	
              RBS
                1130, MCPA Module, 800 MHz

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              Extended
                

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              Item

            	
              Part
                #

            	
              Product
                Description

            	
              Qty

            	
              Price
                (each) 

            	
              Contract
                Price 

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Net
                Price 

            
	
              1.1

            	
              NTM
                197 0191/1

            	
              RBS
                1130, MCPA Module, 800 MHz

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***
                

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              INQUIRY
                10032541

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              DESCRIPTION:

            	
              CDMA
                NETWORK HARDWARE - BTS 1130 800 MHz, 1x1 (1 FA & 1 Sector) to 1x3 (1
                FA & 3 Sectors) HW Expansion

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              Price
                

            	
              Extended
                

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              Item
                

            	
              Part
                #

            	
              Product
                Description

            	
              Qty

            	
              (each)
                

            	
              Contract
                Price 

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Net
                Price 

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              1.
                RBS 1130 800 MHz, 1x1 to 1x3 HW Expansion

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              1.1

            	
              NTM
                197 0191/1

            	
              RBS,
                40W MCPA MODULE, 800MHZ

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.1

            	
              NTM
                197 0195/1

            	
              RBS,
                RX DOWNCONVERTER, 800MHZ

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.1

            	
              NTM
                197 0534/1

            	
              RBS,
                MTX UPCONVERTER, 800MHZ

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.2

            	
              NTM
                197 0798/1

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/DLNA, 876-886MHZ CO-LO

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
              RBS
                1130 800 MHz, 1x1 to 1x3 HW Expansion TOTAL:

            	
               ***

            	
              *** 

            	
              ***

            	
               

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          37

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              10037708

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              DESCRIPTION:

            	
              CDMA
                NETWORK HARDWARE - BTS 1130 800 MHz, 1x3 (1 FA & 3 Sector) to 2x3 (2
                FA & 3 Sector) HW Expansion,128CE

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
              Price
                

            	
              Extended
                

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              Item
                

            	
              Part
                #

            	
              Product
                Description

            	
              Qty

            	
              (each)
                

            	
              Contract
                Price 

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Net
                Price 

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              1.
                RBS 1130 800 MHz, 1x3 to 2x3 HW Expansion, 64 CE

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              1.1

            	
              NTM
                197 0160/1 

            	
              CAM
                128CE Card 

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.2

            	
              NTM
                197 0195/1

            	
              RBS,
                RX DOWNCONVERTER, 800MHZ

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
              RBS
                1130 800 MHz, 1x3 to 2x3 HW Expansion, 64 CE
                TOTAL:

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              *** 

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              NOTE

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              The
                NTM1970720/1 CAM 64CE Card is not available. The replacement
                is the NTM1970160/1 CAM 128CE Card.

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              10037707

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              DESCRIPTION:

            	
              128
                CE Card

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            
	
              Item

            	
              Part
                #

            	
              Product
                Description

            	
              Qty

            	
              Price
                (each) 

            	
              Contract
                Price 

            	
              Discount
                

            	
              Net
                Price 

            
	
              1.1

            	
              NTM
                197 0160/1

            	
              PBA,
                CAM, 128CE, SPARE, RBS 1130

            	
              ***

            	
              ***
                

            	
              ***

            	
              ***
                

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               ***

            	
              *** 

            	
              *** 

            	
              *** 

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               ***

            	
              *** 

            	
              *** 

            	
              *** 

            	
              ***

            
	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            	
               

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          38

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              INQUIRY
                10039423

            	 	
               

            	 	 	 	 	 
	
              DESCRIPTION:
                

            	
              RCC
                ALEXANDRIA-MSC1 Expansion

            	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	
              Part
                #

            	
              Product
                Description

            	
              Qty.

            	
              Price
                (each) 

            	
              Contract
                price 

            	
              Discount

            	
              Net
                Price

            
	
              1.1

            	
              ROY101118/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: CSPB BO

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.2

            	
              ROY101120/1

            	
              PRINTED
                BOARD SET/EXPANSION KIT: ET155-1

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.3

            	
              BAY111501/3

            	
              INSTALLATION
                KIT/DOORS + MANDATORY MECHA

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.4

            	
              NTM50346/20

            	
              SET
                OF MATERIALS/CABLE PACKAGE FOR ET4-1

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	
              1.5

            	
              17/BYB501/1

            	
              EARTHQUAKE
                PROOF SET/SINGLE CAB, CONCRET

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            	
              ***

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
              ***

            

    

    

    

    
      
        
          
            

            

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

            

            RCC
              and
              Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

            Restated
              and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          

          
          

        

        
          39

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.11(c) Redacted

                    

            

            

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      C

    

    CALCULATION
      OF AVERAGE SCC USAGE

    

    

    Prior
      to
      the end of each calendar quarter, Ericsson will generate the SCC usage report
      by
      running the command “LSLDP” on each MSC. Based on such report, Ericsson will use
      the following formula to calculate the average SCC usage of such calendar
      quarter:

    

    Average
      SCC Usage = Sum
      of
      peak SCC usage of each day in the calendar quarter

    Total
      number of days in the calendar quarter

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          40

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      D

    

    SYSTEM
      SUPPORT AND HARDWARE SUPPORT

    

    1. System
      Support

    

    During
      the Term, Ericsson shall make available to RCC the following maintenance and
      support services for the System (comprised of the network elements purchased
      by
      Customer from Ericsson and deployed by Customer in its network to the extent
      that Customer purchases system support for such network elements):

    

    

    (a)
      General.
      RCC will
      request support for specific incidents from Ericsson with respect to the
      operation of the System by issuing a customer service request in accordance
      with
      the Incident Report guidelines set out in the Ericsson Procedures Manual
      (“CSR”). Ericsson will provide Help Desk and Emergency Support for the System,
      as well as Software Updates (as defined below).

    

    When
      Ericsson receives a CSR, it will conduct an investigation of the issues reported
      by RCC and may provide an interim measure to address such issues. A CSR will
      be
      deemed closed when Ericsson provides RCC with a mutually agreed Restoration.
      Ericsson and RCC will work together in good faith to agree upon the appropriate
      severity level assigned to each CSR. A severity level cannot be lowered without
      the mutual agreement of the parties. Ericsson shall use the following four
      (4)
      severity levels with corresponding target times, to categorize reported
      problems:

    

     

     

    
      	
               

              Severity

               

            	
               

              Accuracy

               

            	
               

              Remedy

               

            	
               

              Restoration

               

            	
               

              Response

               

            
	
               

              Emergency

               

            	
               

              98
                %

               

            	
               

              4
                hours

               

            	
               

              24
                hours

               

            	
               

              15
                min

               

            
	
               

              High

               

            	
               

              70
                %

               

            	
               

              24
                hours

               

            	 	
               

              1
                hour*

               

            
	
               

              98
                %

               

            	
               

              72
                hours

               

            	
               

              1
                week

               

            
	
               

              Medium

               

            	
               

              70
                %

               

            	
               

              1
                week

               

            	 	
               

              8
                hours*

               

            
	
               

              98
                %

               

            	
               

              3
                weeks

               

            	
               

              5
                weeks

               

            
	
               

              Low

               

            	
               

              70
                %

               

            	
               

              2
                weeks

               

            	 	
               

              8
                hours*

               

            
	
               

              98
                %

               

            	
               

              6
                weeks

               

            	
               

              12
                weeks

               

            

    

    *:
      The
      Response time is applicable only during Normal Working Hours (as defined
      below).

     

    Table
      1.
      CSR Target Times.

     

    NOTE
      1:
      As of January 1, 2007, TDMA CSR target times will no longer apply.

     

    NOTE
      2:
      As of January 1, 2008, CDMA CSR target times will no longer apply.

     

    Accuracy
      is defined as the percentage of CSRs or Lead Times that have met the applicable
      targets set out above for CSR Restorations and in section 2.g for Lead Times.
      Ericsson shall measure and track in writing Accuracy for Restorations only
      (“Accuracy”) each calendar month. Within 20 days of the close of each calendar
      month, Ericsson shall provide RCC with a written report of the Restoration
      Accuracy measurements for the previous calendar month. At the end of each
      calendar year, Ericsson shall determine the average

     

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          41

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    monthly
      Accuracy measurements during that calendar year and provide that information
      to
      RCC in a written report with thirty (30) days of the close of the calendar
      year.
      Each time 

     

    
      	·  	
              Remedy
                is defined as the action(s) required to restore the System or any
                equipment or software component of the System to a working condition
                or to
                isolate the problem to limit its effects. The Remedy may cause
                restrictions in functionality and System
                performance.

            

    

     

    
      	·  	
              Restoration
                is defined as the action(s) required to prevent the reoccurrence
                of a
                problem or any underlying causes of a problem. When a Restoration
                is
                implemented, the System, or any affected equipment or software component
                of the System is operating without negative
                impact

            

    

     

    
      	·  	
              Response
                is defined, in the case of a submitted Emergency or High severity
                CSR, as
                the first contact to Ericsson to RCC in response to RCC’s report to
                Ericsson of such CSR. If the CSR is classified as Medium or Low severity,
                the Response is defined as the generation by Ericsson of a CSR reference
                number, which is generated automatically by the web-based CSR
                tool.

            

    

     

    
      	·  	
              An
                Emergency CSR is defined as:

            

    

    

    
      	·  	
              A
                complete equipment failure - the System equipment or software does
                not
                handle any traffic and a manual intervention is needed to restore
                the
                equipment or software; 

            

    

    
      	·  	
              A
                major disturbance - disturbance in the System’s functionality resulting in
                a traffic capacity decreases of more than 30% of the entire System
                or an
                individual mobile switching center or base station controller;
                

            

    

    
      	·  	
              A
                billing/charging function disturbance - the billing or charging function
                of the System equipment or software stops working or is seriously
                affected;

            

    

    
      	·  	
              A
                complete loss of input/output capability (I/O) or communication for
                business critical System equipment or
                software.

            

    

     

    
      	·  	
              High
                Severity CSRs are situations that may result in Emergencies if unresolved
                and include major problems or disturbances that affect the equipment
                or
                software in the System and require immediate action. Examples: Large
                restart / with reload, failure affecting billing, failure affecting
                connection with other operators, System crashes repeatedly or hangs,
                critical functionality is not
                available.

            

    

    

    
      	·  	
              Medium
                -Severity CSRs are severe problems or disturbances affecting a specific
                area of functionality, but not the whole System. Examples: Small
                restarts,
                degraded performance or incorrect behavior with minor impact to the
                System, failure of alarms, limited O&M
                functionality.

            

    

    

    
      	·  	
              Low
                Severity CSRs are general consultation and minor problems that have
                a
                minor effect on the functionality of the System equipment or software.
                Examples: Faults that do not disturb traffic or causes any loss of
                service, incorrect System printouts, documentation faults, minor
                design
                imperfections, operational
                questions.

            

    

    

     

    (b) Help
      Desk.
      System
      support services for non-emergency CSRs relating to the System equipment or
      software shall be provided through the Help Desk via telephone at *** during
      the
      Normal Working Hours of 8:30 am - 5:00 pm RCC local time (limited to ET, CT,
      MT
      or PT) Monday to Friday, excluding all Ericsson holidays. 

    

    (c)
      Emergency Support.
      Support
      is provided by Ericsson for Emergency CSRs, as defined above, on a 24 hours
      a
      day, 7 days a week basis. Emergency CSR’s must be submitted to Ericsson via
      telephone, at ***. Emergency support consists of telephone support and may
      include on-site support (where, upon RCC's

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          42

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    written
      request for Emergency On-Site Support, Ericsson will dispatch a qualified
      technician to assist RCC with service restoration). It may also include the
      use
      of a remote connection to the node concerned, if authorized by RCC.

    

    (d) Software
      Updates.
      Ericsson shall correct (e.g., by providing a patch, workaround or correction)
      any software error reported by RCC and reproducible by either party. Ericsson
      shall also provide RCC with all generally available Software Updates. As used
      herein, "Software Updates" means corrections to software faults, which will
      contain the appropriate load file, implementation instructions and user
      documentation and which will be tested, prior to supply thereof, on an
      appropriate System test plant. Effective January 1, 2007,
      Software
      Updates for TDMA will be limited to Emergency corrections for in-service
      performance-affecting faults.

    

    1.1
      Customer Service Request (CSR) Performance 

     

    In
      the
      event that Ericsson fails to meet the targeted CSR Performance Average (as
      specified in Table 2 below) during any calendar year of the Term, Ericsson
      shall
      issue RCC a credit toward the Annual System Support Fee calculated as follows:
      

    

    Ericsson
      agrees to issue a credit when it fails to provide a Restoration to 90% of
      Emergency and High CSRs within the times listed in Table 1 in accordance with
      the applicable Accuracy specified therein (“CSR Performance). The CSR
      Performance Average, as set out in Table 2, will be measured as the CSR
      Performance with respect to all closed RCC-issued CSRs for all Emergency and
      High severity CSRs, combined. 

    

    Effective
      January 1, 2007, CSRs relating to TDMA equipment and software in the System
      will
      not be included in the calculation of CSR Performance Average for the purposes
      of determining annual credits due.

    

    Effective
      January 1, 2008, CSRs relating to CDMA equipment and software in the System
      will
      not be included in the calculation of CSR Performance Average for the purposes
      of determining annual credits due.

    

    1.2
      CSR Performance Average.
      

    

    At
      the
      end of the calendar year, and no later than January 31st
      of the
      following calendar year, Ericsson will issue to RCC a credit equal to the credit
      as set forth in Table 2; provided that in no event will the annual credit exceed
      ten percent (10%) of the Annual System Support Fee paid by RCC to Ericsson
      for
      the System. 

     

    If
      the
      annual credit exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Annual System Support Fee in
      any
      calendar year, RCC shall have the right to terminate this Scope of Work, subject
      to providing Ericsson with prior written notice of 30 days.

    

    
      	
              CSR

              Performance

              Average

            	
              Annual

              Credit
                based on Annual System Support Fee

            
	
              90.00%
                or Better

            	
              ***

            
	
              85.00%
                - 89.99%

            	
              ***

            
	
              80.00
                % to 84.99%

            	
              ***

            
	
              75.00%
                to 79.99%

            	
              ***

            
	
              Less
                than 74.99%

            	
              ***

            

    

    

    Table
      2 -
      CSR Performance Average

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          43

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    2.
      Hardware Support

    

    Hardware
      Support Services.
      Ericsson will provide RCC with the following hardware support services
      (“Hardware Support”) for the System (comprised of the network elements purchased
      by Customer from Ericsson and deployed by Customer in its network to the extent
      that Customer purchases Hardware Support for such network elements, but
      excluding the TDMA network elements), in accordance with the following:

    

    
      	(a)  	
              Service
                Execution.
                The operative routine involved in the execution of the Hardware Support
                is
                defined in the Ericsson Hardware Services Logistics Guide, a current
                version of which has been provided to RCC under separate cover. This
                document describes what is required from RCC and Ericsson in order
                to
                obtain an efficient parts repair flow with fast and accurate lead
                times.
                

            

    

    

    
      	(b)  	
              Description
                of Services.
                Ericsson shall, upon receipt of RCC's order for replacement of a
                faulty
                unit covered by this service, ship the replacement unit or the repaired
                unit within the stated Lead Time (see section 2.g).
                

            

    

    

    
      	(c)  	
              Requests
                for Hardware Support.
                RCC shall obtain authorization for Hardware Support according to
                the then
                current Ericsson Hardware Services Logistics Guide. The order number
                assigned and issued by Ericsson shall be used as a reference number
                in any
                future correspondence regarding the
                order.

            

    

    

    
      	(d)  	
              Shipping
                Routine.
                The faulty unit as specified in RCC's order for a repair or a replacement
                part shall be shipped by RCC to Ericsson at RCC's cost and in packing
                approved by Ericsson to the address specified in the Ericsson Hardware
                Services Logistics Guide.

            

    

    

    
      	(e)  	
              Exclusions.
                Calibration of System components and spare parts, remains the
                responsibility of RCC, and is not provided by Ericsson. Consumables,
                such
                as lamps, fuses, batteries, cables, etc., are also excluded from
                the
                Hardware Support services. These parts may be ordered and purchased
                by
                RCC, at an additional charge. Faulty parts sent by RCC to Ericsson
                for
                replacement are not included in these Hardware Support services if
                any of
                the events listed below have occurred. Under such situations, RCC
                agrees
                to pay the then current list price (for part) minus any applicable
                discounts and credits as per the Agreement plus shipping cost for
                replacement of that part.

            

    

    
      	(i)  	
              The
                part was not used and maintained under normal conditions in accordance
                with the documentation, information and advice furnished by Ericsson;
                

            

    

    
      	(ii)  	
              The
                part was damaged from causes beyond normal wear and tear (e.g. floods,
                physical damage, accident, etc.); 

            

    

    
      	(iii)  	
              Hardware
                damaged through improper storage, misuse, mishandling, packing or
                repair
                by RCC or a third party; 

            

    

    
      	(iv)  	
              The
                part has been combined with other software or hardware other than
                as
                agreed to between the parties in
                writing;

            

    

    
      	(v)  	
              An
                attempt to modify or repair the part by any party other than Ericsson
                has
                occurred; 

            

    

    
      	(vi)  	
              Defect,
                non-conformity or deviation caused by inter-working equipment not
                supplied
                or approved by Ericsson, or any engineering or installation not carried
                out by Ericsson, but not including customary interconnection by standard
                interfaces with other telephony equipment in a manner consistent
                with
                industry practices;

            

    

    
      	 	
              (f)

            	
              Limitations.

            

    

    (i) Service
      requests for parts and materials that have passed last time buy will be repaired
      based on then current availability and corresponding lead time.

    (ii) Emergency
      replacements are based on availability of the requested part in the local region
      where the part is required;

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          44

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    (iii) Emergency
      Replacements are shipped to destinations reachable within 24 hours from
      Ericsson’s supply location using standard and reasonable transportation as
      commercially available, unless other transportation is specifically agreed
      upon;

    (iv) Delays
      in
      customs clearance and other circumstances beyond Ericsson’s control are not
      counted in the calculation of lead times;

    (v) Repair
      capability is only available until January 1, 2007 for RBS 882, some units
      may
      be discontinued earlier;

    (vi) Repair
      capability is only available until January 1, 2007 for BYB 202, some units
      may
      be discontinued earlier;

    

    
      	 	
              (g)

            	
              Performance.
                Standard spare parts replacement lead times (“Lead Times”) are calculated
                from Ericsson’s receipt of the faulty unit to the shipment of the
                replacement equipment from Ericsson’s supply location. Lead Times are
                measured in calendar days. The Lead Times for emergency parts replacement
                are calculated from the issuance of the return material authorization
                (RMA) by Ericsson, to the receipt of the replacement unit by RCC.
                

            

    

    

    
      	
              Hardware
                Support Services

            	
              Lead
                Time

            	
              Accuracy

            
	
               

              Standard
                Spare Parts Replacement Service

            	
               

              21
                Days

            	
               

              95%

            
	
               

              Emergency
                Parts Replacement

            	
               

              24
                Hours

            	
               

              Based
                upon availability

            

    

    

    RCC
      may
      request an emergency parts replacement when it is experiencing a hardware
      failure affecting RCC end-user services, and no known available spare is in
      RCC’s possession. For emergency parts replacement service, RCC shall ship
      replaced item within 10 business days of receipt, or Ericsson will invoice
      RCC
      at the then current list price (for part) minus any applicable discounts as
      per
      the Agreement plus shipping cost for replacement of that part.

    

    3. RCC
      Responsibilities

    

    In
      order
      for Ericsson to be able to supply the Services under this Exhibit
      D, RCC must fulfill the following obligations. RCC shall:

    

    (a)  Allow
      Ericsson to establish remote connection to RCC’s System whenever Ericsson deems
      necessary. Ericsson will receive authorization from RCC prior to establishing
      the connection. Remote connection must provide a secure transmission between
      Ericsson and RCC through encryption and tunneling techniques, such as a Remote
      Support Gateway (RSG). RCC and Ericsson shall test the Remote Connection prior
      to the commencement of the Services and periodically afterwards to ensure
      connectivity;

    

    (b) Provide
      Ericsson with (i) information and documentation in connection with the current
      System’s software and hardware configuration and attached services and (ii)
      regular and accurate statistical information regarding the performance of the
      System as specified in the Procedures Manual;

    

    (c)  Provide
      Ericsson with all necessary information and documentation required to perform
      its obligations under this SOW and to solve a CSR;

    

    (d)
       Allow
      Ericsson to perform periodic audits of the System for its network
      configuration;

    

    (e)  Carry
      out
      the recommended operation and maintenance of the System and seek to remedy
      all
      faults which can reasonably be remedied and handle problems which can reasonably
      be handled without expert assistance from Ericsson;

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          45

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    (f) Keep
      an
      operational logbook and record of faults;

    

    (g) Ensure
      its maintenance personnel are sufficient in number and have been adequately
      trained and are competent to carry out RCC's obligations
      stipulated;

    

    (h) Appoint
      suitable personnel for the purpose of liaison with Ericsson relating to the
      Services;

    

    (i) Maintain
      a security back up of RCC generated data/information in the System;

    

    (j) Keep
      the
      System upgraded within the latest two major (2) software release
      levels;

    

    (k) Provide
      Ericsson with full information during and after any incidents and CSRs. This
      includes, but is not limited to, information about network changes, addition
      or
      removal of network elements as well as any pertinent information about events
      leading up to an incident or CSR;

    

    (l) Provide
      Ericsson’s service personnel, at no cost, with appropriate access to the System
      and, while at equipment site, with spare parts and applicable maintenance tools,
      operating supplies and consumable items such as paper, magnetic tapes, ribbons,
      cards, format tapes, disk cartridges and such similar items as RCC would use
      during normal operation;

    

    (m) Provide
      consistent and reliable environmental conditions for the System, including,
      without limitation, temperature, humidity, earthquake control, weather and
      security, in accordance with the applicable specifications;

    

    (n) Report,
      without delay, any changes to the System or in the conditions of its use that
      are likely to affect the Services provided by Ericsson under this Exhibit D;
      

    

    
      	(o)  	
              Provide
                staff to conduct field testing after the loading of Software Updates;
                and

            

    

    

    
      	(p)  	
              Implement
                Software Updates within 30 days for ACA’s (correction packages) and 5 days
                for ECA’s (emergency corrections) and emergency
                bulletins/flashes.

            

    

    

    4. Fees

    

    (a) Annual
      Support Fee.
      The
      annual support fee for the Services (except for the Emergency on-site support
      and Emergency Parts Replacement) includes the following:

    

    1.1 CDMA
      ,GSM, WCDMA/UMTS Support Fees: 

    The
      fees
      for Support Services are set out in Exhibit
      A.

    

    

    1.2 Ericsson
      shall conduct an annual CDMA and GSM audit at the end of each calendar year
      to
      identify each software and hardware element subject to this Exhibit D and
      calculate the CDMA and GSM Support Fees due for the following year. Ericsson
      shall provide this information (the “Audit Results”) to RCC and RCC shall
      independently verify it and advise Ericsson of its acceptance or rejection
      within 30 days of its receipt of the Audit Results, failing which RCC will
      be
      deemed to have accepted them. RCC shall have the right, subject to providing
      written notice of 120 days, to elect not to receive support services for any
      CDMA or GSM Hardware or Software elements by electing to remove such elements
      from the Audit Results. Once Ericsson receives the final Audits Results minus
      any CDMA and GSM Hardware or Software elements RCC elected to remove from the
      Audit Results, Ericsson shall provide a final quote to RCC for the CDMA and
      GSM
      Support Fees due for the following year (“Annual CDMA and GSM Support Fees”),
      RCC shall then issue Ericsson a PO and shall pay the Annual CDMA and GSM Support
      Fees in advance pursuant the PO. 

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          46

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    1.3 Each
      quarter Ericsson shall conduct an audit to identify any changes to the software
      and hardware subject to this SOW and calculate the CDMA and GSM Support Fees
      due
      to reflect the changes in the hardware and software (the “Quarterly Audit
      Results”). RCC shall independently verify the Quarterly Audit Results and advise
      Ericsson of its acceptance or rejection within 30 days of its receipt of the
      Quarterly Audit Results, failing which RCC will be deemed to have accepted
      them.
      Once the parties mutually agree to the changes in the CDMA and GSM software
      and
      hardware elements subject to this SOW and the corresponding Support Fees or
      upon
      acceptance or deemed acceptance of the Quarterly Audit Results, Ericsson shall,
      if applicable, provide a quote to RCC for the difference between the CDMA and
      GSM Support Fees due to reflect the changes in the hardware and software and
      the
      Annual CDMA and GSM Support Fees, and RCC shall, if applicable, issue a PO
      and
      shall pay in accordance with the PO. 

     

    (b) Emergency
      On-Site Support Fee
      In the
      event that at RCC‘s request, Ericsson provides on-site support to RCC, RCC will
      pay to Ericsson (i) a fee, on a time and material basis, at the rates according
      to the table below, (ii) the then current prices of the parts and materials
      provided by Ericsson to RCC in connection with such on-site support, (iii)
      the
      travel and living charges in connection with such on-site support as set out
      in
      the table below, and (iv) any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Ericsson in
      connection with the on-site support. Ericsson will invoice RCC the stated fees
      at the completion of the on-site visit and payment will be made within 15 days
      of the date of the invoice. A minimum of 8 hours will be charged for each
      on-site visit.

    

    On-site
      Support Prices

    
      	
              Item

            	
              Price

            	
              Description/Comment

            
	
              Engineer

            	
              $***/hour
                

            	
              Minimum
                charge is eight hours. Travel and expenses are not included in this
                fee.
                

            
	
              Living
                Expenses

            	
              $***/day

            	
              This
                fee is only applied if staff is not local to site
                assisted.

            
	
              Air
                Travel Expense

            	
              $***/visit
                *

            	
              This
                fee is only applied if staff is not local to site
                assisted.

            

    

    *Other
      travel expenses will be charged if applicable.

    

    (c) Emergency
      Parts Replacement Service.
      In the
      event that at RCC‘s request, Ericsson provides Emergency Parts Replacement
      support to RCC, RCC will pay an emergency service expedite fee of $***for each
      replacement part delivered by Ericsson to RCC on an emergency basis. This fee
      is
      in addition to the Annual System Support Fee in section 1. For hard to reach
      destinations, additional transportation and customs fees may apply for Emergency
      Parts Replacement requests. Fees are due upon RCC’s receipt of the emergency
      replacement unit.

    

    Emergency
      Parts Replacement 

    
      	
              Service

            	
              Net
                Price 

            
	
              Emergency
                Parts Replacement

            	
              $
                ***per
                item

            

    

    

    All
      above
      fees are quoted in U.S. Dollars and exclude applicable taxes and net of any
      discount.

    

    

    

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          47

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      E

    

    EXISTING
      SOFTWARE FEATURES

    

    
      	
              Purchased
                GSM BSS Software Features

            
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            
	
              Basic
                Software

            	
               

            
	
              INF
                901 2351/U1

            	
              Centralized
                Operations Support SS+BSS; FM Complete (RC-3 BASIC)

            
	
              Basic
                Software Features

            
	 	
              Cellular
                Network Activity Manager (CNAM)

            
	 	
              Database
                (DB)

            
	 	
              X-Terminal
                Solution (XTERM)

            
	 	
              TMOS
                Security Services (TSS)

            
	 	
              TMOS
                Basic Service (TBS)

            
	 	
              Geographical
                and logical Network Information Presentation (GNIP)

            
	 	
              Standard
                Map (SMP)

            
	 	
              OMC
                Flashboard (OMCFB)

            
	 	
              Database
                Services (TDS)

            
	 	
              OSS
                Client Solution (OCS)

            
	 	
              Command
                Handler (CHA)

            
	 	
              File
                Transfer and Management (FHA)

            
	 	
              Element
                Management Accessories (EMA)

            
	 	
              Basic
                Network Surveillance Interface Manager (BNSI-M)

            
	 	
              Basic
                Network Surveillance Interface Agent (BNSI-A)

            
	 	
              Fault
                Management Viewer (FMV)

            
	 	
              Recovery
                and Diagnostic Tools (RDT)

            
	 	
              CORBA
                Alarm IRP manager (CIRPM)

            
	 	
              SNMP
                Manager (SNMPM)

            
	 	
              Text
                Alarm Toolkit, Runtime (TXTR)

            
	 	
              Basic
                OSS Administration (BOA)

            
	 	
              Command
                Handling, Winfiol (WFIOL)

            
	 	
              External
                Access Module (EAM)

            
	 	
              Fault
                Management Basic (FMB)

            
	
              Premium
                Feature Package

            
	
              INF
                202 1325/NC1

            	
              BTS
                Configuration Management (BCM) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1328/NC1

            	
              Measurement
                Result Recording (MRR) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1338/NC1

            	
              Network
                Statistics Analyzer (NWS-A) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1342/NC1

            	
              Performance
                Statistical Alarms (PSA) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1318/NC1

            	
              Radio
                Network Recording (RNR) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1340/NC1

            	
              Statistical
                Gateway (SGw) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1051/NU

            	
              Report
                Generator, Business Objects

            
	
              INF
                202 1341/NC1

            	
              Statistical
                Data Mart (SDM) SS+BSS

            
	
              INF
                202 1339/NC1

            	
              Statistical
                Measurement Initiator and Administration (SMIA) SS+BSS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 474

            	
              Frequency
                Allocation Support Upgrade

            
	
              FAJ
                122 477

            	
              Neighboring
                Cell Support - GSM, Upgrade

            
	
              FAJ
                122 631

            	
              Traffic
                Estimation Tool, Upgrade

            

    

    

    

    
      	
              Purchased
                GSM BSS Software Features

            
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            
	
              Basic
                Software

            	
               

            
	
              FAP
                131 177

            	
              BSS
                Basic R12 SW Package 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 21 /1

            	
              BTS
                - Short Time to Operation

            
	
              FAJ
                121 22 /1

            	
              Support
                of AXE 810 - APG40

            
	
              FAJ
                121 23 /1

            	
              Support
                of AXE 810 - APT1.5

            
	
              FAJ
                121 24 /1

            	
              Increased
                Capacity on Abis

            
	
              FAJ
                121 26 /1

            	
              Transcoder
                Pool Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                121 27 /1

            	
              Easy
                Handling of Managed Objects

            
	
              FAJ
                121 28 /1

            	
              BSS
                R9 System Improvements

            
	
              FAJ
                121 30 /1

            	
              High
                Speed Signaling Link

            
	
              FAJ
                121 050/1

            	
              BSS
                R9.1 System Improvements

            
	
              FAJ
                121 054

            	
              Frequency
                Hopping on 32 Frequencies

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1093/1

            	
              Local
                Synchronization Reference

            
	
              FAJ
                122 117/1

            	
              Flexible
                Channel Allocation

            
	
              FAJ
                122 151/2

            	
              Software
                Load of RBS 2000

            
	
              FAJ
                122 152/2

            	
              Flexible
                SDCCH Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 155/2

            	
              Software
                Load of RBS 200

            
	
              FAJ
                122 165/1

            	
              RBS
                2000 Digital Path Supervision

            
	
              FAJ
                122 180/2

            	
              Channel
                Event Recording

            
	
              FAJ
                122 181/1

            	
              Handover
                of Traffic at Channel Blocking

            
	
              FAJ
                122 195/1

            	
              Alarm
                Co-ordination

            
	
              FAJ
                122 197/1

            	
              Alarm
                Suppression

            
	
              FAJ
                122 199/2

            	
              Improved
                Configuration of BTSs

            
	
              FAJ
                122 200/1

            	
              Improved
                RBS 200 Software Download

            
	
              FAJ
                122 202/1

            	
              Data
                Channels

            
	
              FAJ
                122 204/1

            	
              Support
                of A5/1 Ciphering Algorithm

            
	
              FAJ
                122 205/1

            	
              Manual
                Access Control

            
	
              FAJ
                122 209/2

            	
              Handover
                in BSS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 210/2

            	
              Paging

            
	
              FAJ
                122 212/1

            	
              Radio
                Link Failure Supervision

            
	
              FAJ
                122 213/1

            	
              Diversity

            
	
              FAJ
                122 219/1

            	
              Traffic
                Channels Submultiplexing (3 PCM Time Slots per TRX)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 220/3

            	
              Supported
                Combinations of Channel Types per TRX

            
	
              FAJ
                122 221/1

            	
              Switch
                in RBS 200 (Transmission Radio Interface)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 226/1

            	
              AXE
                10/IOG 11 Interface Towards OSS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 231/2

            	
              BSC
                Supervision Functions

            
	
              FAJ
                122 233/3

            	
              Call
                Path Tracing in BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 238/8

            	
              Traffic
                and Event Measurements in BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 239/5

            	
              Cell
                Traffic Recording

            
	
              FAJ
                122 240/1

            	
              Processor
                and Exchange Load Measurements in BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 245/1

            	
              Automatic
                Reconfiguration of BCCH and SDCCH

            
	
              FAJ
                122 246/1

            	
              Automatic
                Reconfiguration of TRAUs (Transcoders)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 247/1

            	
              Redundant
                Control of TRIs

            
	
              FAJ
                122 252/1

            	
              Subscriber
                Identity Confidentiality, Use of TMSI

            
	
              FAJ
                122 253/1 

            	
              Support
                for SMS Point-to Point in BSS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 259/6

            	
              Locating

            
	
              FAJ
                122 264/1

            	
              Loudness
                Adjustment in TRAU

            
	
              FAJ
                122 267/1

            	
              Multiple
                Cells per TG

            
	
              FAJ
                122 273/2

            	
              Initiation
                Handling of Cells

            
	
              FAJ
                122 274/2

            	
              RBS
                200 Digital Path

            
	
              FAJ
                122 276/1

            	
              TRH
                Load Regulation

            
	
              FAJ
                122 279/2

            	
              Undefined
                Neighbouring Cells Recording

            
	
              FAJ
                122 281/1

            	
              Standby
                Synchronization of the TRI

            
	
              FAJ
                122 282/1

            	
              TRH
                Redundancy

            
	
              FAJ
                122 285/1 

            	
              Combined
                Control Channels

            
	
              FAJ
                122 286/1

            	
              Assignment
                to Another Cell

            
	
              FAJ
                122 294/1

            	
              TRA
                Software Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 296/3

            	
              Transceiver
                Tester (TRXT) Controlled by BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 299/4

            	
              Mobile
                Traffic Record

            
	
              FAJ
                122 300/1

            	
              Back-up
                in Main Store

            
	
              FAJ
                122 305/1

            	
              TRA
                in Pool Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 306/1 

            	
              BSS
                Connectivity Test

            
	
              FAJ
                122 309/1 

            	
              PCM-B
                Transmission Link

            
	
              FAJ
                122 311/1

            	
              Dynamic
                Allocation of Transcoder Resources

            
	
              FAJ
                122 313/2

            	
              Release
                of Sequential Events (FORLOPP)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 314/2

            	
              Shorter
                Speech Interrupts at Handover

            
	
              FAJ
                122 316/1

            	
              MNC
                Expansion

            
	
              FAJ
                122 352/1

            	
              Multidrop
                at RBS 2301 (Micro)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 37/1

            	
              Selective
                Restart

            
	
              FAJ
                122 382/1

            	
              Increased
                number of neighbouring cells

            
	
              FAJ
                122 385/1

            	
              2
                Mbit/s E1/G.703 Long Haul

            
	
              FAJ
                122 393/1

            	
              Multidrop
                at RBS 2000 (Macro)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 396/2

            	
              Active
                BA-list Recording

            
	
              FAJ
                122 397/1

            	
              Cell
                Relocation Support Between BSCs

            
	
              FAJ
                122 416/1

            	
              Handling
                of Synchronization Reference

            
	
              FAJ
                122 426/1

            	
              Handling
                of RBS Capabilities

            
	
              FAJ
                122 431/1

            	
              Support
                for Special Cell Configurations

            
	
              FAJ
                122 442/1

            	
              Improved
                Handling of Emergency Calls in RBS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 443/1

            	
              TRC-BSC
                Overload Control

            
	
              FAJ
                122 445/2

            	
              Managed
                Object Recovery

            
	
              FAJ
                122 446/1

            	
              Improved
                BSC-OSS Interworking

            
	
              FAJ
                122 447/2

            	
              Increased
                Paging Capacity

            
	
              FAJ
                122 453/1

            	
              Handling
                of External RBS Hardware

            
	
              FAJ
                122 516/1

            	
              Year
                2000 compliance

            
	
              FAJ
                122 548/1

            	
              System
                Information, GSM Phase 2

            
	
              FAJ
                122 549/1

            	
              GSM
                Phase 2 Support

            
	
              FAJ
                122 550/1

            	
              Switch
                in RBS 2000 (DXU)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 557/2

            	
              Remote
                function change

            
	
              FAJ
                122 557/3

            	
              Remote
                function change

            
	
              FAJ
                122 580/1

            	
              Overload
                Protection in TRH

            
	
              FAJ
                122 581/1

            	
              Flexible
                Alarm Classification

            
	
              FAJ
                122 584/1

            	
              TMA
                dual alarm

            
	
              FAJ
                122 59/1 

            	
              TRH
                Load Distribution

            
	
              FAJ
                122 610/1

            	
              Supervision
                of Digital Paths Connected to the BTS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 699/1

            	
              Mix
                of ETC-Types in BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 700/1

            	
              BTS
                Backwards compatibility

            
	
              FAJ
                122 720/1

            	
              Enhanced
                BTS Program & Load of RBS 2000

            
	
              FAJ
                122 830/1

            	
              External
                Alarm Connection and Presentation Locally at Site

            
	
              FAJ
                122 87/1 

            	
              Support
                of 1,020 TRXs

            
	
              FAJ
                122 879/1

            	
              Optimized
                default allocation of MAIO

            
	
              FAJ
                122 893/1

            	
              AXE
                Hardware Inventory in BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 904/1 

            	
              Double
                BCCH Allocation (BA) Lists

            
	
              FAJ
                122 908/1

            	
              Support
                for New BTS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 913/1 

            	
              Immediate
                Assignment of TCH

            
	
              FAJ
                122 915/1

            	
              Channel
                Administration

            
	
              FAJ
                122 923/1

            	
              Differential
                Channel Allocation

            
	
              FAJ
                122 994/1

            	
              Support
                of A5/2 Ciphering Algorithm

            
	
              BSS
                Premium Software - Software CAP Features

            
	 	
              BSS
                Premium Software Package

            
	
              FAJ
                121 052/1

            	
              Multi
                Band BSC

            
	
              FAJ
                121 053/1

            	
              Multi
                Band Services

            
	
              FAJ
                121 055/1

            	
              AMR

            
	
              FAJ
                121 056

            	
              GPRS
                coding scheme 3 and 4

            
	
              FAJ
                121 060/1

            	
              Flexible
                Priority Handling of Packet DataChannels 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 067/1

            	
              LAPD
                Concentration

            
	
              FAJ
                122 072/1

            	
              OMT
                License (BSS R9)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 078/1

            	
              Transmitter
                Coherent Combining (TCC)

            
	
              FAJ
                121 32/1

            	
              Quality
                of Service & Scheduling/64kbps

            
	
              FAJ
                121 50/1

            	
              Real
                Time Event Data

            
	
              FAJ
                121 51/2

            	
              Flexible
                Positioning Support 

            
	
              FAJ
                121 52/1

            	
              Extended
                Range Cell 121 km

            
	
              FAJ
                121 53/1

            	
              BCCH
                in Overlaid Subcell

            
	
              FAJ
                122 89/1

            	
              LAPD
                Multiplexing, RBS 2000

            
	
              FAJ
                122 256/1

            	
              Discontinuous
                Transmission (DTX) Uplink

            
	
              FAJ
                122 260/3

            	
              Dynamic
                MS Power Control

            
	
              FAJ
                122 284/5

            	
              SMS
                Cell Broadcast

            
	
              FAJ
                122 287/1

            	
              Discontinuous
                Transmission (DTX) Downlink

            
	
              FAJ
                122 288/1

            	
              Frequency
                Hopping

            
	
              FAJ
                122 289/1

            	
              Handover
                of SDCCH Priced 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 290/2

            	
              Intra-cell
                Handover

            
	
              FAJ
                122 315/1

            	
              Half
                Rate Channels

            
	
              FAJ
                121 329/1

            	
              Enhanced
                Full Rate (EFR)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 344/1

            	
              Transmission
                Performance

            
	
              FAJ
                122 345

            	
              Remote
                Operation and Maintenance Terminal

            
	
              FAJ
                122 357/1

            	
              1.5
                Mbit/s T1/DS1 Long Haul 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 381/1

            	
              NF
                381.1 Adaptive Config of SDCCHs-

            
	
              FAJ
                122 395/1

            	
              Frequency
                Allocation Support

            
	
              FAJ
                122 398/1

            	
              Frequency
                re-configuration with minimum disturbance

            
	
              FAJ
                122 399

            	
              Statistics
                Based on Measurement Results

            
	
              FAJ
                122 428/1

            	
              Advanced
                Handling of Fast Moving Mobiles

            
	
              FAJ
                122 429/1

            	
              Handover
                Power Boost 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 430/1

            	
              Dynamic
                Overlaid/Underlaid Subcells

            
	
              FAJ
                122 433/1

            	
              Efficient
                Priority Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 435/1

            	
              Support
                of Remote BSC 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 438/2

            	
              High
                Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 524/1

            	
              TX
                - Diversity (2301 only) 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 534/1

            	
              TX
                Diversity (BSC SW) 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 572/2

            	
              GPRS
                Support per 64kbps

            
	
              FAJ
                122 573/1

            	
              HCS
                supprt for m-layered ntwrks 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 574/1

            	
              14.4
                kbit/s Circuit Switched Data

            
	
              FAJ
                122 582/2

            	
              Dynamic
                Half Rate Allocation

            
	
              FAJ
                122 583/1

            	
              SQS,
                Speech quality supervision

            
	
              FAJ
                122 594/1

            	
              Software
                Power Boost 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 639

            	
              Mobile
                Crosstalk Control (MCC)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 854/1 

            	
              RBS
                2000 synchronisation 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 870/1

            	
              Flexible
                MAIO Management

            
	
              FAJ
                122 909/1

            	
              Idle
                Channel Measurement

            
	
              FAJ
                122 910/3

            	
              Dynamic
                BTS Power Control

            
	
              FAJ
                122 911/1

            	
              Cell
                Load Sharing

            
	
              FAJ
                121 588

            	
              U-TDOA
                Support (Lb+ interface) - Added ($170)

            
	
              INF
                902 1817/1

            	
              Support
                for 1024 cells in BSC - Added 2006
                Addendum

            

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          48

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    

    
      	
              BSS
                Premium Optional Software Features - Purchased on some
                sites

            
	
              FAJ
                121 353/1

            	
              AMR
                Power Control

            
	
              FAJ
                121 358/1

            	
              AMR
                Half Rate

            
	
              FAJ
                121 31/1

            	
              EDGE
                SW including BTS EDGE SW and BSC EGPRS SW

            
	
              FAJ121589/1
                

            	
              ECGI
                Support in BSC per tru

            
	
              FAJ121588/1
                

            	
              ECGI
                Support in BSC per tru

            

    

    

    

    
      	
              Purchased
                MSC Software

            
	
              Ericsson
                Part #

            	
              Description

            
	
              Basic
                Software

            	 
	
              FAP
                131 138

            	
              MSC
                Basic R12 SW

            
	
              FAJ
                122 01/2

            	
              Basic
                Traffic Control in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 04/1

            	
              Roaming
                in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 06/1

            	
              Call
                Routing

            
	
              FAJ
                122 07/1

            	
              IMSI
                Attach/Detach

            
	
              FAJ
                122 08/2

            	
              Basic
                Mobile Switching Services

            
	
              FAJ
                122 09/1

            	
              DTMF
                Signalling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 17/6

            	
              Handover
                in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 18/4

            	
              Basic
                Security Features in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 24/3

            	
              Administration
                of Data in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 31/1

            	
              MS
                Purging in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 33/4

            	
              Performance
                Management in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 35/3

            	
              Handling
                of Reset in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 36/3

            	
              Tracing

            
	
              FAJ
                122 42/1

            	
              Activity
                Supervision

            
	
              FAJ
                122 52/6

            	
              Base
                Station System Application Part in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 120/2

            	
              ANSI
                ISUP

            
	
              FAJ
                122 131/1

            	
              Definition
                of Geographical Locations

            
	
              FAJ
                122 132/1

            	
              Provision
                of Location

            
	
              FAJ
                122 158/1

            	
              Load
                Management

            
	
              FAJ
                122 159/2

            	
              Test
                and Fault Management

            
	
              FAJ
                122 175/1

            	
              Analogue
                Test Telephone

            
	
              FAJ
                122 188/1

            	
              GSM
                phase 2 signalling for supplementary services

            
	
              FAJ
                122 222/3

            	
              Support
                of Multiple Speech Coders

            
	
              FAJ
                122 295/1

            	
              Automatic
                Lifeline Testing

            
	
              FAJ
                122 296/1

            	
              Automatic
                Backup Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 328/1

            	
              MNC
                Expansion

            
	
              FAJ
                122 341/1

            	
              Application
                Modularity (AM) in AXE

            
	
              FAJ
                122 379/1

            	
              ISUP
                Monitor

            
	
              FAJ
                122 479/1

            	
              7-Digit
                Dialing

            
	
              FAJ
                122 598/3

            	
              Remote
                Software Change

            
	
              FAJ
                122 623/1

            	
              Keeping
                of VLR Data

            
	
              FAJ
                122 662/1

            	
              Duplication
                of Recordable Phrases

            
	
              FAJ
                122 826/1

            	
              Back-Up
                in Main Store

            
	
              FAJ
                122 880/1

            	
              TCP/IP
                support in MSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 897/1

            	
              AXE
                Hardware Inventory

            
	
              FAJ
                122 919/1

            	
              Common
                Channel Signalling System No. 7, ITU Type 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 920/1

            	
              Common
                Channel Signalling System No. 7, ANSI Type 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 922/4

            	
              Mobile
                Application Part (MAP)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 926/5

            	
              AXE
                Hardware Supported by MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 948/1

            	
              Roaming
                between GSM and WCDMA

            
	
              FAJ
                122 949/2

            	
              Media
                Gateway Selection

            
	
              FAJ
                122 953/1

            	
              Datacom
                Base

            
	
              FAJ
                122 957/2

            	
              Basic
                Charging

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1017/1

            	
              Message
                at Call Set-up

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1030/1

            	
              Support
                for Automatic Correction Deployment

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1071/1

            	
              Equal
                Access in MSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1073/1

            	
              Feature
                Group B and D

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1076/1

            	
              Transmission
                Maintenance of T1

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1086/1

            	
              SS7
                Performance Management

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1087/1

            	
              R1
                Signaling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1132/2 

            	
              Release
                of sequential events (Forlopp)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1150/1

            	
              Propagation
                Delay Determination Procedure in MTS

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1151/3

            	
              ETSI-ISUP
                (ISUP 4.6)

            
	
              FAP
                131 137

            	
              MSC
                Extended Basic R10 SW Package

            
	
              FAJ
                122 03/1

            	
              Transmission
                Performance Supervision of T1 Trunks 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 11/3

            	
              Call
                Forwarding Services in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 13/2

            	
              Call
                Barring Services in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 20/1

            	
              Accounting

            
	
              FAJ
                122 55/1

            	
              Announcement
                on ringtone time out

            
	
              FAJ
                122 68/2

            	
              Fax
                Service

            
	
              FAJ
                122 69/2

            	
              Call
                Waiting and Call Hold

            
	
              FAJ
                122 90/1

            	
              Multi
                Party Service

            
	
              FAJ
                122 91/2

            	
              Calling
                Line Identification Services

            
	
              FAJ
                122 93/3

            	
              Operator
                Determined Barring in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 97/1

            	
              Announcement
                at Disconnection (Post Answer)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 99/1

            	
              Routing
                of Call from a Grey listed IMEI

            
	
              FAJ
                122 108/1

            	
              FTAM

            
	
              FAJ
                122 141/1

            	
              SS7
                Supervision

            
	
              MSC
                Premium Software - Software CAP Features

            
	 	
              MSC
                Premium Software Package

            
	
              FAJ
                122 15/4

            	
              Advice
                of Charge in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 63/1

            	
              National
                Roaming

            
	
              FAJ
                122 66/5

            	
              Short
                Message Services 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 73

            	
              Single
                Personal Number in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 85/1

            	
              MAP
                based interface MSC/VLR-EIR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 86/2

            	
              MAP
                based interface MSC/VLR-SMS-C

            
	
              FAJ
                122 95/2

            	
              Dual
                Numbering in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 129

            	
              Geographical
                Differentiated Charging

            
	
              FAJ
                122 130/1

            	
              Handling
                of Half Rate

            
	
              FAJ
                122 138/1

            	
              Local
                Subscription

            
	
              FAJ
                122 139/1

            	
              Regional
                Subscription

            
	
              FAJ
                122 177

            	
              Unstructured
                SS Data in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 207

            	
              Support
                of Multiple Frequency Bands in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 329/1

            	
              Support
                for Subscription Type Dependent Analysis

            
	
              FAJ
                122 339

            	
              HLR
                Initiated Call Tear Down

            
	
              FAJ
                122 354/1

            	
              Linking
                of Call Data Records in MSC and SSF

            
	
              FAJ
                122 448/1

            	
              Linking
                of Call Data Records Inter - MSC

            
	
              FAJ
                122 460/1

            	
              Account
                Codes in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 468

            	
              Local
                Number Portability

            
	
              FAJ
                122 469

            	
              Mobility
                Related Triggers in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 493

            	
              Call
                in Progress Tone

            
	
              FAJ
                122 500/1

            	
              Geographic
                Co-ordinates in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 514/1

            	
              ANSI-/ITU
                SCCP Overhead Converter

            
	
              FAJ
                122 525/2

            	
              FCC
                E911 Service

            
	
              FAJ
                122 535/2

            	
              Event
                Triggered Call Data Record

            
	
              FAJ
                122 568/4

            	
              Legal
                Intercept in MSC/VLR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 587/1

            	
              IAS
                Central Access Server

            
	
              FAJ
                122 611

            	
              Support
                of GPRS Mobiles in Operation Mode Aor B

            
	
              FAJ
                122 619/1

            	
              eMLPP

            
	
              FAJ
                122 624/2

            	
              Support
                of Mobile Traffic Recording

            
	
              FAJ
                122 861/1

            	
              Enhanced
                Emergency Call Routing

            
	
              FAJ
                122 883

            	
              Flexible
                Varable Phase handling for Announcement Services

            
	
              FAJ
                122 898/1

            	
              Mobile
                Cross-Talk Control for Echo Cancellers

            
	
              FAJ
                122 899/2

            	
              Radio
                Network Call Release Reason in CDR

            
	
              FAJ
                122 927/1

            	
              Gateway
                Message Screening

            
	
              FAJ
                122 935/1

            	
              Internet
                IWF

            
	
              FAJ
                122 954

            	
              High
                Speed datacom Service

            
	
              FAJ
                122 984

            	
              Hot
                Billing

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1009/1

            	
              SMS
                Contents Based Charging

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1011/2

            	
              Positioning

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1016

            	
              Support
                of Equivalent PLMN

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1021

            	
              Support
                for Text Telephony (TTY) 

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1117

            	
              Mobile
                Subscriber Priority Level for Channel Allocation

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1131/1

            	
              Enhanced
                IMEI check

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1155/4

            	
              Circuit
                Pool Handling

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1157

            	
              Indication
                of Mobile Tariff Area to Mobile Subscriber

            
	
              FAJ
                122 1159/1

            	
              Supervision
                and disconnection of long duration cal

            
	
              FAJ
                121 301/1

            	
              CAMEL
                Phase 3 Support (Added 2006)

            
	
              FAJ
                121 331/1

            	
              Optimal
                Routing at Late Call Forwarding (Added 2006)

            
	
              FAJ
                121 396/1

            	
              Wireless
                Priority Service - Initial Operating Capability (Added
                2006)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 499/1

            	
              Extended
                CAMEL Support (Added 2006)

            
	
              FAJ
                122 618/2

            	
              CAMEL
                Phase 2 Support (Added 2006)

            

    

    

    

    

    

    

    
      
        
          

          

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

          

          RCC
            and
            Ericsson Confidential & Proprietary

          Restated
            and Amended Master Purchase Agreement

          
          

        

        
          49

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          CONFIDENTIAL
            TREATMENT REQUESTED Exhibit 10.11(c) Redacted 

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      F

    

    REDACTED
      COPY

    OF

    RESTATED
      AND AMENDED MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    

    

    See
      Attached.Purchase and License Agreement with Nortel Networks Incorporated

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    TABLE
      OF
      CONTENTS

    

    Purchase
      and License Agreement

    

    Supplement
      No. 1 “CDMA” to the Purchase and License Agreement No. 27090

    

    Support
      Plan Solutions

    

    Exhibit
      A

    Exhibit
      B

    Exhibit
      C

    Exhibit
      D

    Exhibit
      E

    Exhibit
      F

    Exhibit
      G

    

     

    

    

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          1

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    

    This
      Purchase and License Agreement (“Purchase and License Agreement”) is between
Nortel
      Networks Inc.
      (“Nortel”) and Rural
      Cellular Corporation
      (“Customer”) effective as of the last date signed. Additional terms related to
      Customer’s purchase or license of Products or Services may be added by written
      agreements executed by authorized representatives of each party (“Supplements”)
      referencing the Purchase and License Agreement, and, together with the Purchase
      and License Agreement , will be referred to collectively as the
“Agreement.”

    

    1. Definitions.

    a) “Documentation”
      means documentation
      provided by Nortel relating to Products.

    b) “Furnish-only”
      means Products which Customer is responsible for installing.

    c) “Hardware”
      means a Nortel machine or components.

    d) “Order”
      shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2 below.

    e) “Products”
      means any Hardware, Software or Third Party Vendor Items provided under this
      Agreement.

    f) “Services”
      mean the activities to be undertaken by Nortel under the Agreement and pursuant
      to an Order, including, but not limited to, engineering, maintenance and
      installation, implementation, design, consulting, business planning, network
      planning and analysis.

    g) “Software”
      means computer programs in object code form or firmware which is owned or
      licensed by Nortel, its parent or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and
      is
      copyrighted and licensed, not sold. Software consists of machine-readable
      instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content (such as images, text,
      recordings or pictures) and related licensed materials including all whole
      or
      partial copies.

    h) “Statement
      of Work” is a document prepared by Nortel and provided to Customer, describing
      the deliverables, estimated timelines, assumptions, responsibilities and other
      relevant terms specific to a project and an Order. A Statement of Work, if
      applicable, shall be governed by the terms and conditions of, and constitute
      a
      part of, this Agreement.

    i) “Third
      Party Vendor Item” means any non-Nortel hardware (“Third Party Hardware”) and/or
      non-Nortel software (“Third Party Software”) supplied to Customer under this
      Agreement.

    

    2. Orders.

    

    Customer
      may acquire Products or Services by issuing a written purchase order signed
      by
      an authorized representative or, if Customer is enrolled in any then current
      Nortel electronic commerce program, by submitting electronic orders
      (collectively, “Orders”). All Orders shall reference this Agreement or Agreement
      number, if applicable, and specify the quantity, price, Nortel quotation or
      proposal number, billing instructions, installation location, requested delivery
      dates, identification of any Services ordered, requested commencement date
      for
      Services, and Statement of Work, as applicable. All Orders will be governed
      by
      and cannot alter the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Nortel’s written or
      electronic communication accepting the Order, shipment of Products or
      commencement of Services will be Nortel’s acceptance of Customer’s Order. Nortel
      reserves the right to i) reject an Order and (ii) to charge a cancellation
      fee
      for Order cancellations as requested by Customer and authorized by Nortel.
      The
      cancellation fee are as follows:

    60-30
      days prior to ship: fifteen percent (15%) of the difference in the net price
      of
      the Products or Services canceled

    <30
      days prior to ship: twenty-five percent (25%) of the difference in the net
      price
      of Products or Services canceled

    <20
      days prior to ship: thirty percent (30%) of the difference in the net price
      of
      Products and/or Services canceled, except as otherwise set forth in an
      applicable Supplement.

    Customer
      agrees that all electronic Orders issued are equivalent to a written Order,
      are
      governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and that in the event
      of
      any conflict between this Agreement and the information contained in Customer’s
      or Nortel’s electronic commerce website, this Agreement governs.

    

    3. Changes
      to Orders.

    The
      parties may, by mutual agreement, make changes to an Order (“Change”). The party
      asking for a Change shall describe in writing the details of the requested
      Change (“Change Order Request”). Nortel shall provide in writing to Customer a
      summary of any and all adjustments to the charges and other changes resulting
      from the Change Order Request. In no event shall any Change be effective or
      acted upon in any way until such time as i) an authorized representative of
      each
      party has agreed to the terms of the Change Order Request in writing and
      ii)

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          2

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    Nortel
      has received an Order from Customer for any additional charges resulting from
      the Change Order Request.

    

    4. Licensed
      Use of Software.

    Nortel
      grants Customer a personal, nonexclusive, nontransferable (except in connection
      with an assignment permitted by Section 16 a) below), nonsublicenseable license
      to internally: a) install and execute the copy of the Software solely i) to
      the
      extent of the authorized activation or authorized usage level and solely for
      the
      purpose specified in the Documentation, ii) in the country where the Software
      was delivered, and iii) with specifically designated Hardware and/or with Nortel
      authorized customer furnished equipment (“CFE”) (collectively, the “Licensed
      Use”); b) use the associated Documentation solely in support of such Licensed
      Use; and c) make a single copy of the Software and associated Documentation
      solely for backup purposes. Customer agrees to maintain an accurate record
      of
      the whereabouts of the Software and any backup copy. Nortel and/or its suppliers
      (as applicable) retain all right, title and interest in and to the Software
      and
      Documentation, including any derivatives thereto and copies
      thereof.

    

    5. License
      Restrictions.

    Except
      as
      expressly authorized in accordance with the Licensed Use, Customer shall not
      a)
      use, copy, adapt, translate, publish, display, sublicense, rent, lease, lend,
      transfer or distribute the Software, Documentation, or any copy thereof; b)
      improve, enhance, revise, modify or make any other derivatives of the Software,
      Documentation or any copy or part thereof; and/or c) merge, link, compile or
      combine the Software or any part thereof, or any copy thereof, with any other
      software or other item(s). Customer shall not reverse assemble, reverse compile,
      reverse engineer or otherwise translate or decode the Software or any part
      thereof, or any copy thereof and shall not upload onto the Internet, permit
      downloading from the Internet or making the Software accessible to third parties
      via the Internet. Customer shall not destroy, remove or otherwise alter any
      copyright notice(s) on the Software and Documentation, or any copy thereof,
      and
      agrees to reproduce any such notice(s) on any copy thereof it makes pursuant
      to
      this License. Nortel suppliers of Software and Documentation (or any part
      thereof) are beneficiaries of this provision. Customer acknowledges that the
      Software and Documentation are and/or contain trade secrets and agrees that
      the
      Software and Documentation shall be treated as Confidential Information as set
      forth in Section 12 hereof. Nortel may audit by remote polling or other
      reasonable means to determine Software activation or usage levels. Use beyond
      the authorized usage or authorized activation level may require payment of
      an
      additional fee. Customer also agrees to abide by any additional or different
      terms and conditions and restrictions provided by Nortel in writing or via
      electronic media with respect to any Third Party Software provided in or with
      the Software. 

    

    6. Charges
      and Payment.

    a) Unless
      otherwise agreed by the parties in the applicable Supplement, Nortel
      shall invoice Customer one hundred percent (100%) of the price of the Products
      upon shipment of the Products and one hundred percent (100%) of the Services
      upon completion unless the Service continues beyond thirty days, in which case
      Nortel shall invoice Customer at the end of each month for Services performed
      in
      that month. Certain reoccurring Services (for example, Maintenance
      Services) may
      be
      invoiced in advance of the performance of such Services. Unless otherwise
      included as part of a quote and Order, Customer will reimburse Nortel for all
      reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Nortel in performing the Services
      (including, without limitation, all reasonable travel, meal, lodging and mileage
      expenses) which have been pre-approved by Customer in writing. Amounts are
      due
      upon receipt of invoice and shall be paid by Customer within 30 days of invoice
      date. Nortel reserves the right to establish credit limits for Customer and
      may
      require full or partial payment prior to shipment of Product or commencement
      of
      Services provided hereunder. 

    b) Invoicing
      disputes must be identified in writing within twenty one (21) days of invoice
      receipt. Payments of any disputed amount are due and payable upon resolution.
      All other amounts remain due within 30 days. In the event of non-payment (other
      than in connection with a dispute) which continues more than ten (10) days
      after
      written notice, Nortel may suspend performance, product shipments or otherwise
      terminate an Order or this Agreement. Customer shall pay interest on any late
      payments (other than disputed payments) at the maximum rate allowed by
      law.

    c) Nortel
      shall ship the Products and additional charges shall apply for shipping, and
      special handling. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in the applicable
      Supplement, wireless switch and switch-related Products shall be shipped to
      the
      installation site(s). Other wireless Products will be shipped to Customer’s
      designated initial delivery location. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties
      in
      the applicable Supplement, Customer shall be

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          3

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    responsible
      for the coordination of delivery arrangements required to comply with project
      schedule dates and for freight, insurance, handling and any other applicable
      charges from Customer’s initial delivery location to the installation
      sites.

    d) Charges
      for Software may be based on extent of use authorized as specified in a
      Supplement or invoice. Customer agrees to pay the charges applicable for any
      activation or usage beyond the authorized level.

    e) If
      any
      authority imposes a tax, duty, levy or fee, excluding those based on Nortel’s
      net income or gross receipts and excluding franchise taxes, upon a Product
      or
      Service supplied by Nortel under this Agreement, Customer agrees to pay that
      amount, or supply exemption documentation at the time the Order is submitted.
      Customer is responsible for personal property taxes for each Product from the
      date of shipment by Nortel.

    f) Customer
      consents without qualification to the sale of receivables, in whole or in part,
      including all or any part of any associated rights, remedies, and obligations,
      by Nortel without further notice and authorizes the disclosure of this
      Agreement, subject to obligations of confidentiality which are substantially
      similar to the confidentiality provisions contained in Section 12 below, as
      necessary to facilitate such sale.

    

    7. Warranty.

    a) Nortel
      warrants that Hardware i) is free from defects in materials and workmanship
      and
      ii) substantially conforms to Nortel’s published specifications. If Hardware
      fails to comply with the foregoing warranty during the warranty period, Nortel,
      at no additional charge, either i) will make it do so, or ii) will replace
      it
      with equivalent Hardware.

    b) Nortel
      warrants that when Software is used in the specified operating environment
      it
      will substantially conform to its published specifications. If Software fails
      to
      comply with the foregoing warranty during the warranty period, Nortel, at no
      additional charge, will provide a suitable fix or workaround or will replace
      the
      Software; provided Software is within one software release level of the
      then-current software.

    c) Services
      will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner. If Services are
      not
      performed as warranted and Nortel is notified in writing by Customer within
      30
      days, Nortel will re-perform the non-conforming Services at no additional
      charge.

    d) The
      warranty period for Hardware and Software shall be the warranty period
      identified in the Nortel Warranty Matrix in effect at the time of Customer’s
      Order. In the event Nortel determines that repair or replacement as set forth
      in
      this Section 7 cannot be made using commercially reasonable efforts, or if
      such
      repair or replacement remedy fails to cure any breach of warranty/non-conformity
      within thirty (30) days, Nortel will give Customer a credit equal to Customer’s
      net book value for the Product, provided Customer has followed
      generally-accepted accounting principles.

    e) No
      warranty is provided for i) supply items normally consumed during Product
      operation; ii) failures caused by non-Nortel products; iii) failures caused
      by a
      Product’s inability to operate in conjunction with other Customer non-Nortel
      hardware or software;  iv)
      interference or disruption of service caused by operation of other radio
      systems, lightning, motor ignition or other similar interferences; v)
      performance failures resulting from services, including installation, not
      performed on behalf of Nortel by an authorized subcontractor of Nortel or by
      Nortel; or vi) failure resulting from use other than expressly provided herein
      or in the applicable Nortel published specifications/Documentation. Warranty
      will be voided by misuse, accident, damage, alteration or modification
      (including tampering with the serial number), or failure to maintain proper
      physical or operating environment, use of unauthorized parts or components
      or
      improper Customer installation or maintenance. Software is not warranted to
      operate uninterrupted or error free.

    f) Nortel
      provides Third Party Vendor Items on an “AS IS” BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY
      KIND, unless Nortel specifies otherwise. However, such Third Party Vendor Items
      may carry their own warranties and Nortel shall pass through to Customer any
      such warranties to the extent authorized. THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH
      IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE CUSTOMER’S EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND SOLE REMEDIES AND
      REPLACE ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
      BUT
      NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
      FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 

    

    8. Warranty
      Service.

    During
      the warranty period, Nortel provides certain types of warranty services without
      charge for specified Products to correct Product defects or to bring them up
      to
      conformance with Nortel published specifications. Nortel will inform Customer
      of
      the types of warranty services available to Customer which are consistent with
      Nortel standard practices and response times. Customer will obtain Nortel’s
      concurrence, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, prior to returning any
      Product for repair or replacement and must reference a return

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          4

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    material
      authorization number issued by Nortel on documentation accompanying such
      returned Product. Customer agrees to ship Product, prepaid and suitably packaged
      to a location Nortel designates. Nortel will return the Hardware to Customer
      at
      Nortel’s expense. Nortel is responsible for loss of, or damage to, Customer
      Hardware while it is a) in Nortel’s possession or b) in transit back to
      Customer. Any returned Hardware becomes Nortel’s property and subject to
      Nortel’s receipt of the exchanged Hardware, its replacement becomes the
      Customer’s property. Replacement Hardware may not be new but will be in good
      working order and equivalent to the item exchanged. The warranty period for
      the
      Hardware shall be the greater of ninety (90) days from the date of repair or
      replacement or the remaining Hardware warranty period. Customer agrees to ensure
      that exchanged Hardware is free of any legal obligations or restrictions that
      prevent its exchange and represents that all returned items are genuine and
      unaltered. Where
      applicable, before Nortel provides warranty services, Customer agrees to a)
      follow the problem determination, problem analysis, and warranty services
      request procedures that Nortel provides in writing or electronic media;
b)
      secure
      all programs and data contained in Hardware; and c) inform Nortel of changes
      in
      the Hardware’s location. Services to supplement the warranty and post-warranty
      Services, including advance shipment of replacement parts, may be available
      at
      Nortel’s then-current prices and policies.

    

    9. Title
      and Risk of Loss.

    Title
      and
      risk of loss for ordered hardware shall pass from Nortel to Customer upon
      delivery to the initial location as designated by Customer. 

    

    If
      Customer is more than thirty (30) days late on any payments hereunder then,
      until receipt of the applicable amounts due from Customer hereunder, Customer
      grants to Nortel a continuing purchase money security interest in the Products
      sold and/or licensed under this Agreement and agrees to support Nortel in the
      perfection of such interest. Customer authorizes Nortel to file financing or
      continuation statements, including amendments thereto, relating to the Products
      without the signature of Customer where permitted by law. 

    

    10. Implementation
      and Installation Services.

    Customer
      agrees to provide commercially reasonable sufficient, free and safe access
      to
      Customer’s facilities, data information and personnel and a suitable physical
      environment meeting Nortel’s specified requirements to permit the timely
      delivery and installation of Products and/or performance of Services, including
      the recovery of Nortel tools. Nortel will perform its responsibilities in
      accordance with the standard Nortel Statement of Work where applicable. Nortel
      may subcontract any portion or all of the Services to subcontractors selected
      by
      Nortel, provided that Nortel will remain fully responsible for the acts of
      such
      subcontractors and the performance of such Services and Nortel’s obligations
      hereunder. Nortel will successfully complete its standard installation and
      commissioning procedures before it considers Products installed. Nortel may
      make
      alterations to any Product and Service as necessary to comply with
      specifications, changed safety standards or governmental regulations, to make
      a
      Product non-infringing with respect to any patent, copyright or other
      proprietary interest, or to otherwise improve a Product or Service. Customer
      is
      responsible for i) the results obtained from the use of Products and Services;
      ii) integration and interconnection with and configuration of Customer’s
      hardware and/or third party hardware and/or systems; and iii) installation
      of
      Furnish-only Products. Customer shall be responsible for the accuracy and
      completeness of all data and any other information, including but not limited
      to
      microwave path studies, RF propagation studies and tower location and loading
      requirements that it provides or causes to be provided to Nortel. Nortel shall
      have no liability for failures to the extent the same result from or are
      attributable to Customer-provided designs, specifications or product
      configuration requirements. Services may include the advice and recommendations
      of Nortel, but all decisions in connection with the implementation of
      such advice
      and recommendations shall be the sole responsibility of, and shall be made
      by,
      Customer. In the event that there are any delays by Customer in fulfilling
      its
      responsibilities as stated above, or there are errors or inaccuracies in the
      information provided, Nortel shall be entitled to appropriate schedule and
      pricing adjustments including storage fees.

    

    11. Maintenance
      Services.

    a) Nortel
      provides certain Services either at Customer’s location or at a service center
      to keep Products in, or restore them to, conformance with published
      specifications (“Maintenance Services”). Maintenance Services are available in
      accordance with Nortel’s then current descriptions and at Nortel then current
      prices or as otherwise specified in an applicable Supplement. 

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          5

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    b) To
      be
      eligible for Maintenance Services, the Products must be in good operating
      condition and at revision levels supported by Nortel, acquired by Nortel or
      an
      authorized Nortel’s distributor or certified as eligible for
      maintenance.

    c) Relocation
      of Products under Maintenance Services may result in adjustments to the price
      and response times. Continued Maintenance Services for such Products are subject
      to reasonable availability from Nortel or an authorized maintenance service
      provider.

    d) Where
      applicable, before Nortel provides Maintenance Services, Customer agrees to
      i)
      follow the problem determination, problem analysis, and Maintenance Services
      request procedures that Nortel provides in writing or electronic media; ii)
      secure all programs and data contained in hardware; and iii) inform Nortel
      of
      changes in the hardware’s location.

    

    12. Confidential
      Information.

    a) Confidential
      information (“Information”) means i) Software and Third Party Software, ii)
      Documentation, iii) Customer’s customer information, and (iv) all business,
      technical, marketing and financial information and data that is clearly marked
      with a restrictive legend of the disclosing party (“Discloser”) or that should
      reasonably be deemed as confidential, based upon the nature of the information
      and the circumstances surrounding its disclosure. 

    b) Except
      as
      permitted herein, Recipient will not disclose, disseminate, or publish, and
      will
      protect against the disclosure, dissemination, publication or unauthorized
      use
      of, Information using the same care and discretion as it uses with its own
      similar information, but not less than reasonable care. Recipient may disclose
      Information only to i) those of its employees, employees of its parent,
      subsidiary or affiliated companies, and subcontractors who have a need to know
      for the purposes of carrying out this Agreement including RFP documents; and
      ii)
      any other party with the Discloser’s prior written consent. Before disclosure to
      any of the above parties, Recipient will have a written agreement with such
      party sufficient to require that party to treat Information in accordance with
      this Agreement.

    c) Recipient
      may disclose Information to the extent required by law, court order or other
      legal process. However, Recipient must give Discloser prompt notice (if
      permitted by such law, order or legal process) and make a reasonable effort
      to
      prevent such disclosure and/or to obtain a protective order.

    d) No
      obligation of confidentiality applies to any Information that Recipient i)
      already rightfully possesses without obligation of confidentiality; ii) develops
      independently without access to the Information; or iii) rightfully receives
      without obligations of confidentiality from a third party. No obligation of
      confidentiality applies to any Information that is, or becomes, publicly
      available without breach of any obligation of confidentiality.

    e) The
      release of any advertising or other publicity relating to this Agreement
      requires the prior approval of both parties, which may be withheld or
      conditioned in a party’s sole discretion. 

    

    13. Patents
      and Copyrights.

    If
      a
      third party asserts a claim against Customer that the Hardware or Software
      infringes that party’s patent or copyright, or misappropriates that party’s
      trade secret(s), Nortel will defend Customer against that claim at Nortel
      expense and pay all costs and damages that a court finally awards or are agreed
      to in settlement of that claim by Nortel, provided that: Customer a) promptly
      notifies Nortel in writing of the claim and b) allows Nortel to control the
      defense and any related settlement negotiations and cooperates with Nortel
      in
      conjunction therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer shall not be
      bound by any material obligation under any settlement without Customer’s prior
      written consent, consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If such a claim is
      made or appears likely to be made, Nortel may, but agrees in the case in which
      judgment of infringement has been determined, at its option and without
      additional charge to Customer, to i) modify the Hardware or Software, without
      material adverse effect on its features or functionality, so that it is not
      infringing the claimed patent, trade secret and/or copyright, ii) replace the
      Hardware or Software with functionally equivalent Hardware or Software which
      is
      not infringing the claimed patent, trade secret and/or copyright, or iii) secure
      the right for Customer to continue to use the Hardware or Software without
      infringing the claimed patent, trade secret and/or copyright. If Nortel
      determines that none of these options is reasonably available or feasible,
      the
      Customer agrees to return the Hardware or Software to Nortel upon written
      request by Nortel and Nortel will then give Customer a credit equal to
      Customer’s net book value for the Hardware or Software, provided Customer has
      followed generally-accepted accounting principles. Any such claims against
      Customer or liability for infringement arising from the Hardware or Software
      or
      use thereof more than thirty (30) days following a request for return of the
      Hardware or Software by Nortel are the sole responsibility of Customer. This
      represents Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          6

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

    

    regarding
      any claim of infringement associated with the Hardware or Software and/or any
      use thereof. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Nortel shall have no
      liability or obligation, including, without limitation, to defend or indemnify
      Customer, with respect to any claim, to the extent based on or arising from
      any
      of the following: a) anything Customer or any third party provides that is
      incorporated into or used with the Hardware or Software or that the Hardware
      or
      Software is incorporated into (except as expressly provided for herein; b)
      third
      party hardware or software c) compliance by Nortel or its authorized resellers
      with Customer specifications, designs or instructions or any modification,
      change or improvement made at the request of Customer; d) Customer’s
      modifications to the Hardware or Software e) the combination, operation, or
      use
      of the Hardware or Software with other software, products or items;; f)
      Customer’s failure to install or have installed changes, revisions or updates as
      instructed by Nortel; or h) improper use of the Hardware or Software or use
      outside the scope of the Licensed Use, the specifications or Documentation
      therefor. 

    

    14. Intellectual
      Property Rights.

    Nortel,
      on behalf of itself and its subcontractors, reserves all proprietary rights
      in
      and to i) all methodologies, designs, engineering details, and other data
      pertaining to the Services and the materials delivered, ii) all original works,
      computer programs, updates developed in the course of providing the Service
      (except programs developed by Customer,), iii) discoveries, inventions, patents,
      know-how and techniques arising out of the Services; and iv) any and all
      products (including software and equipment) developed as a result of the
      Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph is intended
      to, nor will be deemed to, grant Nortel any rights, licenses or interests of
      any
      kind in any intellectual property owned by Customer or its third party vendors.
      The performance by Nortel of Services shall not be deemed work for
      hire.

    

    15. Limitation
      of Liability.

    ***
      (i)
      more than the amount of any actual direct damages up to the greater of ***
      or
      the charges for the Product or Services that are subject to the claim,
      regardless of the cause whether arising in contract, tort (including negligence)
      or otherwise ***

    For
      purposes of the preceding subparagraph c), payments by Nortel set forth in
      Section 13, Patents and Copyrights shall be considered direct damages,
      regardless of how such payments would be characterized under the laws of the
      applicable jurisdiction.

    

    16. General.

    a) Customer
      agrees not to assign, or otherwise transfer this Agreement or Customer’s rights
      under it, or delegate Customer’s obligations, without Nortel’s prior written
      consent, except that Customer may assign this Agreement to any entity which
      it
      controls , is controlled by or is under common control with, or to any entity
      which succeeds Customer by merger, consolidation or sale of all/substantially
      all of Customer’s assets or business; *** Customer shall ensure that any
      transferee or assignee, as described above, agrees in writing to abide by all
      of
      the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to the confidentiality
      and software licensing provisions. Nortel may charge any such transferee or
      assignee reasonable and appropriate fees for usage or activation of Software
      above the Customer’s authorized usage or activation level. The Agreement shall
      not be transferable by any such transferee or assignee. For the purposes of
      this
      Section 16 a), “control” shall mean an entity that directly or indirectly owns
      (and continues to own) more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares entitled
      to
      elect the board of directors of such other entity. Any attempt to assign or
      otherwise transfer this Agreement or Customer’s rights under it in contravention
      of the foregoing prohibition is void. This Agreement shall be binding on the
      parties and their permitted assigns. 

    (b) Customer
      represents and warrants that it is buying Products and/or Services for its
      own
      internal use and not for resale. Customer agrees not to export, either directly
      or indirectly, the Product or Documentation or any copy thereof in whole or
      in
      part, nor any hardware or system incorporating the Software in whole or in
      part
      without having first obtained clearance or a license to re-export from the
      USA,
      European Union and/or Canadian Governments as required under their respective
      re-export regulations. Except for non payment neither Customer nor Nortel will
      bring a legal action under this Agreement more than five (5) years after the
      cause of action arose. 

    (c) Neither
      party is responsible for failure to fulfill any obligations to the extent such
      failure is due to causes beyond its control, such as, but not limited to
      accidents, fires, acts of God, riots, wars, embargo or requisition or acts
      of
      government, and against which a party has taken commercially reasonable
      precautions. In the case of force majeure the affected party shall promptly
      notify the other party in writing and shall use commercially reasonable efforts
      to avoid or remove the cause of non-performance and the affected party shall
      proceed to perform their respective obligations with dispatch when such cause
      is
      removed. If any such failure continues for

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          7

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    more
      than
      sixty (60) consecutive days, with respect to an Order, then either party shall
      have the right to terminate such Order for Product(s) that have not been
      delivered, without penalty.

    (d) 
      In the
      event that any provision of this Agreement or portions thereof is held to be
      invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full
      force and effect. 

    (e) Both
      Customer’s and Nortel’s obligations under this Agreement and any Order(s) which
      by their nature would continue beyond the termination, cancellation, or
      expiration of this Agreement or such Order(s), shall survive such termination,
      cancellation, or expiration.

    f) The
      terms
      and conditions of this Agreement, including any Supplement(s), form the complete
      and exclusive agreement between Customer and Nortel and replace any prior oral
      or written proposals, Statements of Work, correspondence or communications
      regarding the subject matter herein. In the event of a conflict between this
      Purchase and License Agreement and a Supplement, the terms in any Supplement(s)
      prevail. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and a Statement
      of
      Work, the terms of the Agreement prevail . Any changes to this Agreement must
      be
      made by mutual agreement in writing. 

    (g) All
      Customer’s rights and all of Nortel’s obligations are valid only in the country
      in which the Products and Services were supplied; the laws of the State of
      New
      York govern this Agreement, exclusive of its conflict of laws provisions; and
      nothing in this Agreement affects any statutory rights of consumers that cannot
      be waived or limited by contract.

    (h) Any
      notice, approval, or consent under this Agreement must be in writing and will
      be
      deemed given (i) on the day delivered, if delivered personally or by
      courier, (ii) on the day sent, if transmitted by confirmed fax,
      or (iii) on the fifth business day after mailing via certified mail,
      return receipt requested, in each case to the address of the respective party
      shown below, or as otherwise designated from time to time by notice.

    (i) The
      headings included in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only
      and
      no such headings, or lack thereof, will be used to interpret, limit or otherwise
      affect this Agreement. 

    (j) The
      status of each party and its employees with respect to the other will be that
      of
      independent contractor. Nothing contained in this Agreement creates the
      relationship of a joint venture, partnership, association, principal and agent,
      or employer and employee among the parties. The parties further agree that
      no
      representation will be made by either party that would create an apparent
      agency, employment, partnership, or joint venture. No party will have the power,
      express or implied, to obligate or bind the other in any manner whatsoever.
      No
      personnel of one party will, at any time or for any purpose, be deemed employees
      or agents of the other. 

    (k) This
      Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
      original but all of which shall constitute one and the same
      instrument.

    

    RURAL
      CELLULAR CORPORATION

    

    

    By:       

    Name: Richard
      P. Ekstrand

    Title: President
      and CEO

    

    Address:     3905
      Dakota Street SW, Alexandria, MN
      56308         

    State
      of
      Incorporation:     

    Tax
      I.D.
      Number: 41-1693295

    Date: 12/29/06

    

    NORTEL
      NETWORKS INC.

    

    By:       

    Name: Michael
      Shappell

    Title: Group
      Sales Director

    

    Address:   4006
      E. Chapel Hill-Nelson Hwy., RTP, NC 27709-3010

    Date: 12/29/06

    Contract
      No.:  27090    

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          8

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    Products
      may be purchased only in countries where Nortel makes these products available
      for purchase and use.

    

    

    The
      following Hardware and Software items shall have the corresponding warranty
      periods unless stated otherwise in the applicable Documentation:

    

    
      	
               

              Carrier
                Products

               

            	
               

              Hardware

               

            	
               

              Software

               

            
	
               

              VoIP,
                DMS, Optical Networks, Wireless Product families and CCMIS

               

            	
               

              12
                months from ship date

               

            	
               

              12
                months from ship date

               

            
	
               

              Alteon
                and Shasta Products

               

            	
               

              12
                months from ship date

               

            	
               

              90
                days from ship date

               

            
	
               

              Carrier
                Data Products (Passport, Bay and Micom products)

               

            	
               

              See
                current Nortel price list. 

               

            	
               

              See
                current Nortel price list.

               

            
	
               

              All
                other Product families not listed (unless specified otherwise in
                writing)

               

            	
               

              90
                days from ship date

               

            	
               

              90
                days from ship date

               

            

    

    

    
      	
               

              Enterprise
                Products

               

            	
               

              Hardware

               

            	
               

              Software

               

            
	
               

              Data
                Products (e.g., Access CN, Advanced Video, Backbone CN, Baystack,
                Business
                Communications Manager, Contivity, Instant Internet, Net ID, Passport
                LAN
                and WAN Solutions)

               

            	
               

              See
                current Enterprise Data Products Product Catalog

               

            	
               

              See
                current Enterprise Data Products Product Catalog

               

            
	
               

              Portal
                Solutions Products

               

            	
               

              90
                days from ship date

               

            	
               

              90
                days from ship date

               

            

    

    

    

    This
      Warranty Matrix may be revised by Nortel from time to time, as identified by
      Nortel in the applicable Documentation. . .

    

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          9

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

     

    Supplement
      No. 1 “CDMA” to the Purchase And License Agreement No.
      27090

     

    

    This
      Supplement No. 1 (this “Supplement No. 1”) is entered into between Rural
      Cellular Corporation
      (“RCC”)
      and Nortel
      Networks Inc.
      (“Nortel”). The terms and conditions provided in this Supplement No. 1 form a
      part of and are in addition to those contained in the Purchase and License
      Agreement between Rural
      Cellular Corporation
      and
Nortel
      Networks Inc.
      Number
      27090 (the “PLA”) and describe the manner in which certain Products and Services
      will be provided and priced during the ‘Term’ as defined herein. This Supplement
      No. 1 and the PLA will hereinafter collectively be referred to as the
“Agreement.” 

     

    1. Purpose
      

     

    The
      purpose of this Supplement No. 1 is to specify for the Term, the prices,
      incentives and other terms and conditions applicable to Orders of CDMA Products
      and Services specified in Exhibit A attached hereto.

     

    2. Term

     

    This
      Supplement No. 1 shall be effective on the last date when duly signed below
      (“Effective Date”), and shall continue until December 31, 2009 (“Term”), unless
      earlier terminated by either party as set forth below.

     

    3. Definitions

     

    For
      the
      purposes of this Supplement No. 1, the capitalized terms defined below shall
      have the meanings set forth below. Any capitalized term used in this Supplement
      No. 1 and not defined below, or elsewhere in this Supplement No. 1, shall have
      the meaning given them in the PLA.

     

    “Blanket
      Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 below.

     

    “Commitment”
      shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 below.

     

    “Initial
      CDMA Product(s)” and “Initial CDMA Services” shall mean the Products and/or
      Services, respectively, subject to the Commitment and further described in
      Section 4 below.

     

    “Net
      Prices” shall mean the price that will be invoiced to RCC by Nortel for the
      respective Hardware or Software (after discounts and/or credits, and before
      taxes and freight).

     

    ***

     

    “Unitary
      Price” shall mean Nortel’s list price, ***

     

    4. Commitment

     

    Following
      execution of this Supplement No. 1, *** RCC shall issue a non-cancelable Blanket
      Order in the aggregate Net Price, (inclusive of the application of executive
      discounts) of at least *** for the Initial CDMA Products and Services, as a
      whole (the “Blanket Order”). The Blanket Order shall serve as RCC’s commitment
      to issue individual Orders for specific Initial CDMA Products and/or Initial
      CDMA Services and a) in the quantities and for the pricing set forth in Exhibit
      A and b) with mutually agreed upon delivery dates based upon Nortel’s standard
      delivery intervals *** (the “Commitment”). In addition to the Initial CDMA
      Products and Initial CDMA Services set forth in Exhibit A, Nortel has also
      included an Exhibit B, attached hereto, for RCC’s use in issuing such individual
      Order(s) for the

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          10

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    Initial
      CDMA Products and Initial CDMA Services. *** This Exhibit B is being provided
      solely for RCC’s internal ordering requirements. Nortel shall use commercially
      reasonably best efforts to meet the agreed upon delivery date(s).

     

    ***
      Such
      amount shall be payable by RCC thirty (30) days after receipt of Nortel’s
      invoice therefor. 

     

    Notwithstanding
      Section 6 a) of the PLA, Nortel acknowledges that appropriate credit limits
      have
      been approved for the dollar amount of the Commitment and Nortel does not
      require full or partial payment prior to shipment of the Initial CDMA Products
      and/or commencement of the Initial CDMA Services as set forth in this Supplement
      No. 1 by RCC.

     

    5. Growth

     

    In
      consideration of RCC’s purchase of Initial CDMA Products and Initial CDMA
      Services in fulfillment of the Commitment, and subsequent to RCC’s fulfillment
      of such Commitment as stated in Section 4 above,*** 

     

    a)
      For
      Order(s) issued by RCC for additional wireless CDMA Products (“Growth Products”)

     

    ***

     

    6.
       ***

     

    ***

     

    7. ***

     

    ***
      RCC
      may issue Order(s) for CDMA Products *** as provided in Section 8 below ***
      in
      consideration of RCC’s purchase of CDMA Products *** Nortel shall *** Exhibit A
      sets forth the CDMA Products *** as the Unitary Price prices for such CDMA
      Product*** 

     

    8.
       ***

     

    The
      following are *** in the Unitary Price(s) as referenced in Sections 5 and 7
      above. 

     

    

     

    CDMA
      Products    *** 

     

    Switch
      Hardware   ***

     

    BSC     ***

     

    CBRS     ***

     

    RNC     ***

     

    EMS     ***

     

    CSVS/CPDS    ***

     

    BTS     ***

     

    DOMA H/W    ***

     

    Radios     ***

     

    xCEM     ***

     

    Services
      Platform   ***

     

    PDSN
      Hardware    ***

     

    Software    ***

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          11

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    MTX
      S/W
      RTU    ***

     

    ***

     

    ***

     

    Controller
      SW    ***

     

    Optional
      MTX features   ***

     

    1xRTT
      enablers    ***

     

    Optional
      PDSN Features   ***

     

    DOMA
      S/W
      (NT2J10CV)  ***

     

     

     

    9.
      Optional Purchases

     

    a)
      Packet-MSC 

     

    Subsequent
      to RCC’s issuance of the Order(s) as provided in Section 4 above, RCC shall have
      the option to purchase Nortel’s Packet-MSC Product and Services as identified in
      Exhibit E, attached hereto, for the net purchase price of *** This pricing
      applies to non-cancelable Orders issued by RCC within eighteen (18) months
      from
      the Effective Date. ***

     

    b)
      EV-DO

     

    RCC
      shall
      have the option to purchase Nortel’s EV-DO Products and Services for total Net
      Price(s) *** RCC shall issue any such Order(s) within eighteen (18) months
      from
      the Effective Date. *** at Nortel’s then current price.

     

    

     

    c)
      Delivery and Warehousing

     

    RCC
      shall
      have the option of issuing Order(s) for Nortel to perform ‘last mile’ delivery
      and warehousing *** included in the Commitment *** as provided in Exhibit E.
      RCC
      shall issue such Order(s) to Nortel ***  and
      Nortel shall ship such BTS(s) to a Nortel-managed warehouse facility as
      designated by Nortel. Nortel shall ship such BTS(s) from such warehouse facility
      to the RCC designated installation site *** provided that no special delivery
      is
      required. Beginning upon the Effective Date and for a period not to exceed
      ***
      from the date BTS(s) Products are first delivered to the Nortel-managed
      warehouse facility, which ever occurs later, (“Storage Period”) Nortel shall
      provide the Nortel-managed warehouse facility for collection and consolidation
      of the BTS(s). All BTS(s) initially shipped to the Nortel-managed warehouse
      facility must be delivered to the applicable installation site *** are first
      delivered to the Nortel-managed warehouse facility, whichever is later. If
      delivery of the applicable BTS(s) to the applicable installation site is delayed
      beyond such time period, RCC agrees to promptly remove the applicable BTS(s)
      from the Nortel-managed warehouse facility and deliver such BTS(s) to an
      RCC-managed warehouse facility designated by RCC. Title and risk of loss for
      the
      hardware of the BTS(s) initially delivered to the Nortel-managed warehouse
      facility shall pass from Nortel to RCC upon to an RCC-managed warehouse facility
      designated by RCC or delivery to such other location as designated by Customer,
      whichever occurs first. 

     

    10.
      Extended Services and Support Plan (ESSP)

     

    During
      the Term, RCC may order an extended service and support plan No. GR5374000
      (“ESSP”), as described in Exhibit E, for the CDMA Products. The ESSP includes,
      but is not limited to, such Services as Technical Assistance Service (TAS),
      Emergency Recovery (ER), ePerformance and Enhanced Drop Box Services. The
      parties acknowledge that RCC shall purchase the ESSP for the

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          12

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    initial
      12 months of the Term, *** The pricing for additional 12-month renewals of
      ESSP
      is set forth in Exhibit E.

     

    11.
      Training

     

    Nortel
      shall grant RCC training credits (“Training Bank Dollars”), upon the Effective
      Date, ***

     

    Nortel
      shall make training available to RCC with respect to the operation,
      configuration, installation, service, maintenance and support of the CDMA
      Products at current Nortel prices and at Nortel facilities, subject to course
      and class availability. Upon the request of RCC, Nortel shall provide such
      training, at a time and place mutually agreed upon and at the prices to be
      quoted for such training.

     

    Nortel’s
      training products and services are listed at the Nortel website for technical
      training http://www.nortel.com/training
      (Nortel’s Website for Technical Training”).

     

    The
      training policies as listed at the Nortel Website for Technical Training shall
      apply to training ordered hereunder.

     

    Nortel
      may change, modify, update and/or add training programs as new Products or
      Product features/releases are made available.

     

    Prices
      shall be subject to change by Nortel.

     

    RCC
      shall
      bear the cost of transportation, meals, lodging or other incidental expenses
      of
      RCC’s personnel to, from and during training.

     

    

     

    Nortel
      RCC may apply the Training Bank Dollars toward tuition costs for Nortel’s
      training products and services, provided that RCC notifies Nortel of its intent
      to apply Training Bank Dollars toward tuition costs for training prior to
      Nortel’s issuance of invoices for such training. The “Training Bank Dollars” may
      be applied to all training media offerings, including (but not limited to)
      Nortel instructor-led classroom training at a Nortel facility, Nortel
      instructor-led classroom training at the RCC location (RCC site training),
      self-paced training, and eLearning training medias.

     

    The
      Training Bank Dollars will be allocated upon the Effective Date and Training
      Bank Dollars will expire on December 31, 2009.

     

    Any
      training tuition charges which RCC does not satisfy by application of Training
      Bank Dollars shall be invoiced to RCC to Nortel at the prices quoted at the
      Nortel Website for Technical Training, and RCC shall render payment thirty
      (30)
      days following receipt of such invoice. The payment method identified in the
      student registration record on the first day of class is the payment method
      that
      will prevail for course charges. 

     

    Nortel
      may, at its sole and exclusive discretion, attempt to meet any reasonable
      request by RCC for a course other than the courses listed at the Nortel Website
      for Technical Training (“Customized Training”). The price for Nortel to modify
      existing training courses/materials or to design new training materials for
      RCC
      will be quoted to RCC on a per request basis. RCC may pay for Customized
      Training with Training Bank Dollars or Nortel shall invoice the value of the
      Customized Training and RCC shall render payment within thirty (30) days of
      receipt of such invoice.

     

    The
      availability of any training course to RCC as set forth above shall be subject
      to the prerequisite policy identified by Nortel at the Nortel Website for
      Technical Training.

     

    Nortel’s
      training materials are proprietary and copyrighted information. Any use or
      replication of this material must have written consent by Nortel’s Knowledge
      Services organization.

     

     

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          13

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    WITH
      RESPECT TO TRAINING THE TRAINING MATERIALS AND ANY SUPPORT OR OTHER SERVICES
      WHICH MAY BE PROVIDED BY NORTEL SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
      OR NATURE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR
      FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NORTEL DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE TRAINING
      MATERIALS WILL BE ERROR-FREE OR THE STUDYING OF THE TRAINING MATERIALS WILL
      QUALIFY ANY PERSON TO PERFORM ANY FUNCTIONS COVERED BY THE INSTRUCTIONAL
      MATERIALS. NORTEL SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE OR MONITOR THE USE,
      REPRODUCTION, OR DISTRIBUTION BY RCC OR ANY THIRD PARTIES OF SUCH TRAINING
      MATERIALS. 

     

    IN
      NO
      EVENT SHALL NORTEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
      INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE TRAINING MATERIALS
      AND ANY TRAINING SUPPORT OR OTHER TRAINING SERVICES. 

     

    12.
      Testing, Turnover and Acceptance 

     

    a)
      Nortel-Installed CDMA Products

     

    (i) For
      CDMA
      Products installed by Nortel, Nortel shall, upon completion of such
      installation, perform Nortel’s standard test plans and verification procedures,
      to confirm the CDMA Products’ functionally conforms in all material respects
      with Nortel’s published specifications and, upon such verification, provide to
      RCC notice of installation completion (“ICN”).

     

    RCC
      may
      elect to have a qualified representative observe such test and verification
      procedures; however, RCC’s election not to have a qualified representative
      observe such test and verification procedures shall not invalidate the test
      results nor shall such election be a reason or valid basis for RCC not to accept
      the CDMA Products.

     

    (ii) within
      thirty (30) calendar days following the ICN date as set forth in the CDMA 1xRTT
      Acceptance Test Plan attached as Exhibit G, RCC shall either accept the CDMA
      Products in a written notice of acceptance, and RCC shall be deemed to have
      accepted the CDMA Products on the ICN date, or specify, in reasonable written
      detail, those particulars in which, in RCC’s opinion, the CDMA Products fail to
      substantially comply with Nortel published specifications (“Explanation of
      Non-acceptance”). If RCC has not provided Nortel with either a written notice of
      acceptance or an Explanation of Non-acceptance within such thirty (30) calendar
      days, then RCC will be deemed to have accepted the CDMA Products on the ICN
      date. 

     

    b) Nortel
      Furnish-Only CDMA Products

     

    (i) For
      CDMA
      Products not installed by Nortel, Nortel shall, prior to delivery of such CDMA
      Products, perform such factory tests as Nortel determines to be appropriate
      to
      confirm the CDMA Products’ functionality conforms in all material respects with
      Nortel’s published specifications.

     

    (ii) Within
      thirty (30) calendar days following the date of shipment, RCC shall either
      accept the CDMA Products in a written notice of acceptance (in which case,
      RCC
      will be deemed to have accepted the CDMA Products on the date of shipment),
      or
      provide an Explanation of Non-acceptance. If RCC has not provided either a
      written notice of acceptance or an Explanation of Non-acceptance within such
      thirty (30) calendar days, then RCC will be deemed to have accepted the CDMA
      Products on the date of shipment.

     

    Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, RCC will be deemed to have accepted a CDMA Product, without
      limitation or restriction, by no later than the date any CDMA Product is placed
      into revenue generating service.

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          14

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    

      
        	
                CONFIDENTIAL
                  TREATMENT REQUESTED

              	
                Exhibit
                  10.14 Redacted

              

      

    

     

    d) RCC
      shall
      be deemed to have accepted Services purchased separately from a CDMA Product
      upon completion of such Services, or upon specific milestones pursuant to
      criteria and/or processes as may be identified in a mutually agreed upon project
      schedule, statement of work or other such documentation.

     

    e) RCC
      shall
      not unreasonably withhold acceptance of any CDMA Product or Services and
      acceptance by RCC shall not be withheld or postponed due to:

     

    (i) deficiencies
      or nonconformities of a CDMA Product or Service resulting from causes not
      attributable to Nortel such as but not limited to 

     

    (1) a
      material change or inaccuracy of information provided by RCC,

     

    (2) inadequacy
      or deficiencies of any materials, facilities, or services provided directly
      or
      indirectly by RCC, or

     

    (3) other
      conditions external to the CDMA Products or Services beyond the limits specified
      in Nortel’s published specifications; or

     

    (ii) deficiencies
      or shortages with respect to the CDMA Products or Services that are attributable
      to Nortel but are of a nature that do not prevent operation of the CDMA Products
      in a live, commercial environment (“Punch List Items”) provided that Nortel, at
      its expense, agrees to correct such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days
      (or
      other mutually agreed upon time period) after RCC has accepted such CDMA
      Products or Services.

     

    (f) 
      Nortel
      shall invoice RCC for the Services as identified in Exhibit A upon acceptance
      by
      RCC of ICN of such Services. Amounts shall be due and payable by RCC within
      thirty (30) days from date of invoice.

     

    13. Additional
      Terms and Conditions

     

    (a) In
      the
      event of a conflict between this Supplement No. 1 and the PLA, or any of the
      other documents referenced in this Supplement No. 1, the following documents
      are
      given priority in the following order: i) this Supplement No.1 ii) the PLA,
      iii)
      the other referenced documents, if any.

     

    (b) In
      addition to any other remedies set forth in the Agreement, RCC may terminate
      this Supplement No. 1 for cause if Nortel commits a material breach of this
      Supplement No. 1 which such breach is not curable or, if curable, such breach
      has not been cured by Nortel within sixty (60) days after receipt of written
      notice of breach from RCC. If
      RCC
      chooses to terminate this Supplement No. 1 because of a breach, the fees and/or
      prices payable under this Supplement No. 1 and/or such Order will be only for
      the CDMA Product(s) and Services for which Order(s) have been accepted by Nortel
      prior to the date of termination.

     

    (c) The
      Agreement, consisting of this Supplement No. 1, the PLA and Exhibits A through
      G
      referenced herein, form the complete and exclusive agreement between RCC and
      Nortel with respect to RCC’s purchase of CDMA Products from Nortel described
      herein, and replace any prior oral or written proposals, correspondence or
      communications regarding said subject matter. 

    

     

    

     

    

     

         

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          15

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    

     

    (Signature
      Page as Follows)

     

    Rural
      Cellular Corporation 

     

    

    By: 

     

    Name: Richard
      P. Ekstrand

     

    Title: President
      and CEO

     

    Address:     

     

     

     

    State
      of
      Incorporation: Minnesota

     

    Tax
      ID: 41-1693295

     

    Date: 12/29/06

     

    

     

     

    NORTEL
      NETWORKS INC.

     

    By:      

     

    Name: Michael
      Shappell

    Title: Group
      Sales Director

    Address:     

     

     

     

    Date: 12/29/06

     

    Contract
      Number:  27365  

     

    

    

    

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          16

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    

    

    Purchase
      and License Agreement with Nortel Networks Incorporated

    

     

    Support
      Plan Solutions - Base (GR5374000)

     

    Base
      Support Plan Solution: for a flexible network maintenance solution enabling
      network operators to achieve maximum value from their network investment by
      ensuring dependable service levels and improving network
      performance.

    

    The
      Nortel Base Support Plan provides a proactive maintenance solution designed
      to
      achieve the business goals of the operator by protecting its network investment.
      

    

    The
      plan
      includes services such as Repair Services, Technical Support, Corrective Content
      Management as well as optional Network Discovery, and Software Release Service
      to help keep systems functioning properly so they remain available to handle
      the
      most critical applications and data. 

    This
      service helps enable operator success by:

     

    
      	·  	
              Keeping
                the network finely tuned by receiving the latest software release
                updates.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Maximizing
                return on invested capital.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Minimizing
                business risk by establishing fixed support
                costs.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              De-risking
                the operator’s time to profit plan.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Improving
                and maintaining customer
                satisfaction.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Minimizing
                customer dissatisfaction during service
                interruptions.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Improving
                network performance.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Identifying
                network capacity issues.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Efficiently
                utilizing OPEX and resources for core
                competencies.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                TAS/GRS restorative services in order to maximize network operational
                Quality UP time. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Supplementing
                staff with top-notch technical
                resources.

            

    

     

     

    Base
      Support Plan Solution
      Services 

     

    The
      Base
      Support Plan Solution is a comprehensive and proactive maintenance plan
      available to the operator. This plan combines the key services that the operator
      needs for business success. 

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          17

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    

     

    The
      following components comprise the Base Support Plan Solution:

    

    Base
      Technical Support

    Nortel
      Base Technical Support service provides the network (hardware/software) with
      full technical assistance during usual business hours and with emergency
      recovery 24 hours a day, seven days a week

    

    Repair
      - Return and Replace 

    Return
      and Replace service, a repair service from Nortel, provides for the replacement
      of a defective Nortel Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) with an equivalent FRU.
      

    

    Third-Party
      Product Spares - Next Day 

    The
      Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service provides for the next-day delivery
      and installation of replacement Field Replaceable Unit (FRUs) for third-party
      products whether supplied by Nortel or purchased by the customer. 

    

    Corrective
      Content Management 

    Nortel
      offers the Corrective Content Management service for the download and
      application of patches that will be used to enhance software currently installed
      in customer sites or lab environments.

    

    Additional
      Services

    Software
      Release Service - Basic

    Software
      Release Service - Basic provides Operational Software for covered network
      devices. 

    Network
      Discovery Classic

    Provides
      proactive intelligent information about the network via web-based reports or
      PC
      applications, including:

     

    
      	·  	
              ePerformance

            

    

     

     

     

    Support
      Plan Contract Terms

     

    In
      the
      event that this support plan has not been renewed or canceled in writing by
      the
      end of the initial term ("Service End Date"), the conditions of this support
      plan will be automatically renewed as of the Service End Date ("Renewal
      Period"). For coverage during the Renewal Period, Nortel will provide the
      services and the customer will be billed in accordance with the support plan
      as
      described herein with the charges pro-rated on a monthly basis at the current
      monthly/element rate. In the event that the customer cancels this service in
      writing following the Service End Date, Nortel will bill the customer the
      pro-rated monthly rate for the period from Service End Date through the date
      written cancellation has been received by Nortel.

     

    

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          18

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    

     

    Base
      Technical Support 

     

    The
      Nortel Base Technical Support service provides remote technical assistance
      and
      emergency recovery for issues associated with the operation and maintenance
      of
      carrier solutions provided by Nortel. Technical Support Services include two
      service levels - Technical Assistance Service (TAS) and Emergency Recovery
      (ER).
      ER is provided for the most severe problems, classified as E1 and E2. TAS is
      provided for less severe problems, classified as Business Critical, Major and
      Minor. 

    

    The
      Nortel technical support organization will provide the customer with remote
      assistance related to Nortel system operation and maintenance issues affecting
      Nortel Carrier products, as described in Appendix B.

    

    The
      Nortel technical support organization will answer calls 24 hours a day, seven
      days a week. Emergency Recovery will be provided 24 hours a day, seven days
      a
      week. 

    

    The
      Nortel Base Support Plan provides TAS during normal business hours. TAS will
      be
      provided by Nortel regional technical assistance centers for Business Critical,
      Major, and Minor problems (see Appendix B). Nortel strives to immediately assign
      an engineer to the Major and Minor problems during normal business hours.

    

    Nortel
      business hours are 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. local
      standard time (continental North American customers only), Monday through
      Friday, excluding Nortel holidays.

    TAS
      provided outside of normal business hours will be billed at the then-current
      hourly rates. These rates are subject to change without notice. A purchase
      order
      must be provided to Nortel to facilitate the billing of TAS provided outside
      of
      normal business hours.

     

    Technical
      Assistance Service (TAS)

     

    This
      activity includes:

     

    
      	·  	
              Diagnosing
                routine hardware/software problems

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Troubleshooting
                problems using diagnostic utilities

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                advice on how to detect and resolve hardware- and network-related
                problems

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Advising
                on issues requiring hardware
                replacement

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      Nortel
      will investigate the issue using reasonable investigative techniques to verify
      that the products covered by the support plan are working according to
      specifications. If the issue is found to be the result of product(s) not covered
      by a support plan, Nortel, with customer approval, will continue to investigate
      the issue at the then-current Nortel time-and-materials fees plus associated
      travel-and-living expenses. Upon
      request, Nortel will provide the results of the investigation directly to any
      vendor that has completed interoperability testing. 

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Analyzing
                basic trace/log/dump/Operational Measurement (OM)
                information

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                root cause analyses of emergency incidents at Nortel’s
                discretion

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Identifying
                and resolving code-level problems

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Supporting
                the testing and releasing of code
                corrections

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                regular, ongoing updates on case progress to the customer using
                agreed-upon media

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                case resolution and agreeing
                on case
                closure

            

    

     

    See
      Appendix A for Nortel Case Resolutions and Appendix D for Service-Level
      Agreement (SLA) objectives.

    

    If
      the
      customer is operating a non-supported software release (see Appendix C), and
      the
      reported problem has been corrected in a supported software release, then the
      customer is required to upgrade, at its expense, to the current minimum
      supported software release in order to acquire rights to any known fix. If
      the
      customer is operating a non-supported software release and if there is no fix,
      Nortel will not provide a permanent fix to the software, but may provide a
      workaround or other temporary fix. If the customer is operating a supported
      software release and if there is no fix, Nortel will use commercially reasonable
      efforts to remedy the issue, which may include a workaround or other temporary
      or permanent fix to the software, provided that the reported problem can be
      verified and/or recreated by Nortel on the then-current supported software
      release(s).

    

    In
      extreme circumstances when telephone support, remote diagnosis, and all other
      remote means of restoring product operation fail, Nortel, at the request of
      the
      customer, and provided that Nortel determines that on-site support is necessary
      and appropriate, will dispatch a trained and qualified technical support
      engineer to the customer’s premises in order to facilitate Nortel’s diagnosis.
      If Nortel reasonably diagnoses that the reported problem is caused by reasons
      not attributable to Nortel, Nortel will invoice the customer for the
      then-current Nortel time-and-materials fees plus associated travel and living
      expenses. There will be no additional charge to the customer for the dispatch
      if
      the customer has entered into a separate agreement with Nortel for that
      service.

    

    Emergency
      Recovery (ER)

    

    The
      Nortel ER activity addresses E1/E2 emergency issues, which are classified in
      accordance with Nortel’s case priorities (see Appendix B). This activity is
      available to the customer 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 

    

    In
      accordance with Appendix D, Nortel strives to immediately assign an engineer
      to
      the case upon receipt of the call. Once the engineer has been assigned, Nortel
      will provide continuous service (24 hours a day, seven days a week) as
      applicable until the service level is restored to pre-incident operation.

    

    At
      the
      customer’s request, the ER team will be available for constant contact with the
      customer throughout this case resolution activity. 

    

    Once
      the
      customer agrees that service has been satisfactorily restored, the E1/E2 case
      will be closed and an E3/E4 child case will be opened if further investigation
      or problem resolution activity is needed for supported loads only. The E3 and
      E4
      follow-up cases will be addressed as Major and Minor cases respectively. If
      applicable, Nortel may

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          19

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    

     

    conduct
      a
      root-cause analysis of the issue, the results of which will be made available
      to
      the customer. 

    

    In
      extreme circumstances when telephone support, remote diagnosis, and all other
      means of restoring product operation fail, if the customer requests it, and
      if
      Nortel determines that on-site support is necessary and appropriate, Nortel
      will
      dispatch a trained and qualified technical support engineer to the customer’s
      premises in order to facilitate diagnosis. If Nortel reasonably determines
      that the reported problem is caused by reasons not attributable to Nortel,
      Nortel will invoice the customer for the then-current Nortel time-and-materials
      fees plus associated travel and living expenses. There will be no additional
      charge to the customer for the dispatch if the customer has entered into a
      separate agreement with Nortel for that service. 

     

    Base
      Technical Support Deliverables 

     

    The
      following key deliverables are provided by this service:

     

    
      	·  	
              Case
                status: is
                available by calling the Nortel Call Center or through the Nortel
                case
                tracking system via the Nortel website,
                http://www.nortel.com

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Root-cause
                analysis report:
                if applicable, target issuance is 30 days after the outage for supported
                loads only (see Appendix D for SLA
                objectives).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Clarify
                Bulletin Systems:
                technical document advising the customer to prevent issues on its
                network
                as appropriate. Clarify Bulletin Systems are created to make customers
                aware of problems in a system and/or corrections/upgrades to their
                systems. The CBs are issued for one of the following
                reasons:

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Service-impacting
                documentation deficiencies

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              A
                temporary workaround for a product deficiency with a commitment for
                a
                permanent fix to be available

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      Every CB must have a cancellation plan or expiration date
      assigned

     

     

    
      	-  	
              CBs
                can be accessed through http://www.nortel.com

            

    

     

     

    Nortel
      Responsibilities

     

    Nortel
      will be responsible for:

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                access to the Nortel Call Center, which functions as a single point
                of
                contact for the receipt of all customer support calls and inquiries.
                The
                Call Center is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Incoming
                calls
                may be connected to an Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) system and
                may be
                recorded and/or monitored for quality purposes. After selecting the
                appropriate product support group via the Express Routing Code (ERC),
                the
                customer simply enters the activated Site-ID or PIN and is then
                immediately transferred to a Technical Support Engineer as available.
                Where toll-free access is not available, the customer will be responsible
                for any telecommunication facility charges and/or long distance toll
                charges associated with access to the call
                center.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                access for customer sites in Canada, the United States, and Puerto
                Rico/U.S. Virgin Islands to the Nortel technical support organizations
                by
                calling the Nortel Call Center at:

            

    

     

     

    1-800-4NORTEL
      (1-800-466-7835) or (1-919-905-4210)

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                access to the Nortel case tracking system via its website,
                http://www.nortel.com, where available and at Nortel’s discretion. This
                tracking system enables the customer to open and view cases via the
                website. The customer will be responsible for any telecommunication
                facility charges and/or long distance toll charges associated with
                access
                to the Nortel website. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Assigning
                a unique reference number from its case tracking system when the
                customer
                reports a problem and recording the time the report was received.
                Nortel
                will request that the customer agree to a case priority level in
                accordance with the guidelines set out in Appendix B.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                Knowledge Management and On-Line Support. The customer must be entitled
                to
                access Nortel’s Customer Support website (or successor in title) 24 hours
                per day, seven days per week, and 365 days per year. Nortel’s Customer
                Support website is currently located at http://www.nortel.com. The
                information will be made available to the customer when it is made
                generally available for distribution by Nortel. The customer acknowledges
                and agrees that access to the Customer Support website may be conditioned
                upon compliance by the customer with all of Nortel security requirements
                and/or other terms as deemed necessary by Nortel. Depending on the
                product, information and/or tools available to the customer on the
                website
                may include: 

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Problem
                solutions knowledge database

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Status
                review of known software problems

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Problem
                case status

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              On-line
                information forums

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Access
                to technical information (on a read-only basis) which will enable
                current
                status reports to the customer.

            

    

     

     

    Customer
      Responsibilities 

     

    To
      initiate or renew a Support Services plan, the customer must identify equipment
      types, quantities and applicable software release levels. Specific information
      for Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) to be covered under Repair Services should
      include product codes, hardware release level, serial number, software version
      and verification of current functionality. Upon request, Nortel can assist
      in
      collecting network audit and baseline information; in which case additional
      charges may apply.

    

    The
      customer is responsible for using and maintaining the products in accordance
      with the applicable product documentation. To be eligible for Technical Support
      service, hardware and software that will be covered by such service must be
      in
      good operating condition and at revision levels specified by Nortel. The
      customer must use all reasonable efforts to maintain hardware and software
      at
      the release or update level for supported hardware and software in accordance
      with the Nortel published policies and procedures. This maintenance must be
      performed in accordance with policies and procedures published by Nortel. If
      the
      customer is using a software version released prior to the then-current minimum
      supported version(s), then the customer will need to upgrade to one of the
      then-current minimum supported versions in order to acquire rights to any known
      fix.

    For
      any
      service request made by the customer that is not specifically provided by this
      service, Nortel will either provide a quote to provide that service, or Nortel
      will invoice the customer for the then-current Nortel time-and-materials fees
      plus associated travel and living expenses.

    Nortel
      expects the customer to exhaust its internal troubleshooting processes to
      resolve the issue prior to contacting Nortel. These operational activities
      may
      include, but are not limited to:

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                day-to-day maintenance and network
                operations

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Monitoring
                network and system alarms

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                diagnoses in accordance with instructions provided by Nortel and
                carrying
                out initial remedial actions including remote
                diagnosis

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Operating
                and controlling the customer’s internal help desk for logging and tracking
                problem reports, inquiries, prioritizing events, and escalating as
                required to Nortel’s technical support
                group

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Gathering
                data at Nortel’s direction

            

    

     

    The
      customer is responsible for providing a detailed problem description during
      submission of the case.

    

    In
      the
      event that the customer fails to comply with the requirements as described
      in
      this section, Nortel will advise the customer thereof. Nortel and the customer
      may then agree upon service to be provided at Nortel’s then-current
      time-and-materials fees plus any travel and living expenses incurred.

    

    As
      an
      additional service, Nortel may provide additional equipment at the request
      of
      the customer to assist the customer. Nortel and the customer may then agree
      upon
      this service to be provided at Nortel’s then-current time-and-materials fees
      plus any travel and living expenses incurred. 

    

    The
      customer must be available as required by Nortel to aid in problem diagnosis
      for
      all cases reported to the Nortel technical support organization. The customer
      must designate competent personnel to work with Nortel engineers to restore
      the
      service level. The customer’s personnel may be required to assist with service
      level restoration in accordance with instruction that Nortel provides. The
      customer representative(s) must have the authority to make all decisions
      regarding any actions required to resolve the case. If the customer’s personnel
      are not able to maintain constant contact during the resolution of E1 and
      Business Critical cases, Nortel reserves the right to downgrade the category
      assignment of the case.

    

    The
      customer acknowledges that any hardware/software upgrades/improvements or
      changes required to install or use a software fix, update, release, or any
      part
      thereof are charged separately from, and are in addition to, the charges of
      the
      current contract for technical support.

    

    All
      customer support personnel responsible for operating and troubleshooting
      products must successfully complete training and certification where
      applicable.

    

    Remote
      Access to Customer Network

    To
      facilitate a rapid solution to emergency or high-priority service requests,
      Nortel will require remote access to be established into the customer network.
      There must be two levels of security checks provided by customer: 

    Network-level
      security requirements:
      the
      customer must provide high-speed access (1MB/second or higher throughput) via
      the Internet by installing and maintaining at least one Nortel Contivity VPN
      Gateway or equivalent sized and configured to provide a mutually agreed to
      number of user Logins and Passwords permanently assigned to Nortel

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          20

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    

    
Technical
      Support. Other logins will be set up for other Nortel services (e.g.,
      engineering and software delivery groups as needed). The gateway will be the
      primary point of remote access into the customer network and must provide
      unrestricted, full controlling access, including split tunneling, GUI
      redirection, FTP, Telnet, X-Windows, etc., to all Nortel-provided equipment
      in
      the customer’s network. Nortel highly recommends that a second VPN gateway be
      installed for redundancy, which should not be collocated with the primary
      gateway (geographic redundancy).

    

    Nodal-level
      security requirements:
      the
      customer must provide permanent “root” access level (unrestricted in any
      fashion) login and passwords for all Nortel-provided network elements and the
      individual node IP addresses of each network element. It is the customer’s
      responsibility to notify Nortel of any changes to the node IP list prior to
      implementing the changes. For the purposes of time-tracking compliance with
      the
      restoration of service targets set forth in this document, it is understood
      that
      this time will be measured and commence from the time Nortel technical support
      personnel are able to successfully access the impacted node in the customer’s
      network.

    

    Remote
      Access Validation

    The
      remote access network configuration and nodal-level security must be validated
      by Nortel Technical Support to help ensure successful remote access to network
      elements within five minutes of the first attempt to login. The customer agrees
      to allow Nortel Technical Support teams to periodically and randomly access
      the
      network elements to validate remote access functionality, in order to facilitate
      preparedness by Nortel to meet the requirements of this support-level
      agreement.

    

    VPN
      Gateway Placement

    The
      customer agrees to configure and maintain its network LAN/WAN, routers,
      firewalls and other ancillary equipment to provide unfettered and full access
      to
      all Nortel network elements. No additional security procedures, port, protocol
      or permissions restrictions will be implemented without the express agreement
      of
      Nortel Technical Support.

    If
      the
      customer fails or causes delay in providing connectivity, Nortel will be excused
      from its fault resolution performance for a period equal to such failure or
      delay by the customer.

    

    Remote
      Access by Nortel

    Nortel
      will not connect to the customer’s network without prior authorization. The
      purpose of the connection will be solely to provide technical support. If access
      procedures for data links, including procedures related to security, require
      non-standard activity on Nortel’s part or impose additional costs upon Nortel,
      then Nortel may, as it reasonably determines to be appropriate for such activity
      or costs, invoice the customer for additional charges for Technical
      Support.

    

    Service-Level
      Agreement without High-Speed Access

    The
      SLA
      objectives stated in Appendix D are not applicable if high-speed access to
      the
      customer network is unavailable.

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          21

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    Assumptions

    The
      following assumptions will govern the delivery of the Base Technical Support
      service: 

     

    
      	·  	
              Only
                products specifically identified are covered under the support plan.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Nortel
                support obligations are expressly conditional upon the products not
                being
                (i) subject to unusual mechanical stress or unusual electrical or
                environmental conditions; (ii) subject to misuse, accident or disaster
                including without limitation, fire, flood, water, wind, lightning
                or other
                acts of God; or (iii) altered or modified unless performed or authorized
                by Nortel.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                customer will only be able to report E1 and E2 outages or Business
                Critical cases by telephone. These calls will be forwarded to the
                Nortel
                Emergency Recovery team and handled in the manner described in the
                section
                on Emergency Recovery. Business Critical, Major, and Minor cases
                will be
                addressed as described in Appendix B.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Customers
                may access the Nortel Call Center in order to escalate a case to
                higher
                levels of management within Nortel, as necessary.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Any
                changes to the scope of the project requirements once agreed upon
                will
                result in the requirement for a Job Change Order (JCO) with additional
                charges on a time-and-material
                basis.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              All
                similar products within the network must be covered under the same
                service
                levels. If the provided product count is inaccurate or the product
                count/configuration changes during the support period, then the Support
                Services plan may be modified to reflect such
                changes.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              All
                products of the same type must be entitled to receive the same level
                of
                support. Warranty services address product defects only. Products
                under a
                support plan cover both defects and non-defects. When a product is
                purchased and is under warranty, and the customer has the same product
                type in the network under a support plan, the product under warranty
                must
                be uplifted to the same level of support as the other products under
                a
                support plan. The support plan pricing will be based on the enhanced
                coverage of the Support Service plan. For the purpose of providing
                Support
                Services, Nortel will have the right at any time to audit a contracted
                site through software, remote polling or other reasonable means to
                verify
                the site’s in-service inventory against the contracted equipment to
                confirm the customer’s network size and/or to verify the software
                status.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Nortel
                will from time to time assess the products offered and supported.
                The
                assessment will be based on technology, market development, product
                deployment, and support requirements and may identify certain products
                that will be discontinued. Nortel reserves the right to modify or
                to
                terminate any Support Service purchased by the customer for products
                that
                have been discontinued. Subject to the then-current Nortel policies,
                continued support for any discontinued products beyond the effective
                date
                of discontinuance may be provided on a reasonable basis, as determined
                by
                Nortel.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Contracted
                services will be renewed automatically. To avoid automatic renewal
                of the
                Support Plan contract, the Customer must notify a Nortel Account
                Representative in writing ahead of the contract expiry date of Customer’s
                intent not to renew. If Customer does not send such notice, Customer
                will
                work with a Nortel Account Representative in order to identify the
                services and network coverage that will be applicable for the renewal
                period. Upon receipt of this information, Nortel will provide a renewal
                quote including pricing for the subsequent term. At this point, the
                customer can validate the proposal information and submit a PO for
                the
                renewal year. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Nortel
                will log all calls for record keeping purposes regardless of potential
                case classification.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                purchase order must be provided to Nortel to facilitate the billing
                of
                services that are not specifically identified as part of this
                service.

            

    

     

    Exclusions

    Unless
      negotiated otherwise, the Base Technical Support service will
      exclude:

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                fault reports, or lead-time/performance metrics unless specifically
                contracted for these services.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                Support Services for any Nortel products purchased from unauthorized
                sources unless such products are certified by Nortel in order to
                qualify
                for Support Services. In addition, Nortel is not responsible for
                supporting third-party product(s) that are not under a support contract
                or
                for incorporating software corrections into software releases prior
                to the
                then-current supported software release(s). Nortel reserves the right
                to
                incorporate software corrections into future software releases. Nortel’s
                Hardware Recertification service identifies any deficiencies in the
                hardware to be supported and entitles customer to warranty coverage
                of
                said equipment.

            

    

     

    Other
      Nortel services are available such as database and RF engineering, patch
      delivery, monitoring, assisted operate, capacity/performance evaluations, etc.
      See a Nortel account representative or the Nortel website, http://www.nortel.com
      for details.

    

    If
      the
      customer requests a service that is neither part of the scope of this Base
      Technical Support Service nor within the control or responsibility of Nortel,
      then Nortel will charge additional fees to perform such services, in the event
      that Nortel agrees to perform them.

    As
      new
      software loads are released for products, support for previous software releases
      is normally reduced and may eventually be discontinued. For equipment operating
      on an unsupported software release, Technical Support may be limited to ER
      according to then-current product support policies.

    

    The
      customer acknowledges that any applicable fees associated with any
      hardware/software upgrades/improvements or changes required in order to
      implement any advice or resolution(s) provided by Nortel or to install or use
      a
      software fix, update, release or any part thereof are in addition to the fees
      for this Technical Support service or any applicable contracted
      price.

     

    Timelines

     

    The
      lead-time (from receipt of an order to the point at which service delivery
      begins) is typically a minimum of 45 days but may vary depending on the
      following factors: 

     

    
      	·  	
              Number
                and type of network elements to be
                connected

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Customer
                responsiveness in completion of connectivity checklists and to coordinate
                with Nortel firewall access

            

    

     

     

    Appendix
      A - Nortel
      Case Resolutions

     

    
      	
               

              Resolution

               

            	
               

              Explanation

               

            
	
               

              Non-Nortel
                Attributable

               

            	
               

              Issues
                that are either customer/partner attributable

               

            
	
               

              Nortel
                Hardware

               

            	
               

              Issues
                triggering a case that are due to a Nortel hardware
                deficiency.

               

            
	
               

              Nortel
                Software

               

            	
               

              Issues
                triggering a case that are due to a Nortel software
                deficiency.

               

            
	
               

              Nortel
                Documentation

               

            	
               

              Issues
                triggering a case that are due to a Nortel documentation
                deficiency.

               

            
	
               

              Nortel
                Administration

               

            	
               

              Non-productive
                activity tracking (time tracking, opened in error,
                entitlement)

               

            
	
               

              Nortel
                Attributable Other

               

            	
               

              Issues
                triggering a case that are due to other Nortel deficiencies

               

            
	
               

              External
                Attributable 

               

            	
               

              Issues
                that are beyond the control of the customer or Nortel.

               

            
	
               

              Other
                Projects

               

            	
               

              Productive
                activity that falls outside of normal contracted Post In-Service
                support.
                Note: ensure LC/Regional accounting requirements are
                followed.

               

            
	
               

              Scheduled
                Event

               

            	
               

              An
                E1/E2 event that was required to perform specific problem resolution
                of
                maintenance.

               

            

    

     

    Appendix
      B - Case Severity Classification

     

    Nortel
      uses case priorities that correspond with the Customer Severity (TL9000)
      classifications set out in the table below. Notwithstanding the TL9000 Major
      Customer Severity definition, Nortel utilizes the following additional case
      priority definitions: E2, Business Critical, and Major to provide increased
      focus on certain types of Major problems. 

    

    If
      it is
      not clear which severity level applies to the reported hardware/software
      problem, then Nortel assignment of severity level shall be used; however, if
      a
      problem clearly belongs in a given severity level as defined below, then that
      severity level shall be used.

     

    

     

    
      	
               

              TL9000
                Severity Classification

               

            	
               

              Nortel
                Case Priority

               

            	
               

              Examples

               

            
	
               

              Critical

               

            
	 	
               

              E1

               

               

              Problems
                that severely affect service, capacity/traffic, billing and maintenance
                capabilities and require immediate corrective action, regardless
                of time
                of day or day of the week. Problem worked continuously until resolved.
                The
                customer is required to assist during this period.

               

            	
               

              Total
                or partial network element outage

               

               

              A
                reduction in capacity or traffic handling capability such that expected
                loads cannot be handled

               

               

              Failure
                resulting in dynamic routing, switching capability or transport
                loss

               

               

              Any
                loss of safety or emergency capability (e.g., emergency calls such
                as 911
                in North America)

               

               

              Inability
                to restart the system

               

               

              Loss
                of billing/accounting capability

               

               

              Corruption
                of billing or system databases that requires service affecting corrective
                actions

               

               

              Other
                problems that severely affect service, capacity/traffic, billing,
                and
                maintenance capabilities or are jointly viewed by Nortel and the
                customer
                as critical

               

            
	
               

              Major

               

            
	 	
               

              E2

               

               

              Problems
                that result in potential service degradation and/or total outage.
                Serious
                situation not involving service degradation in a live environment,
                but
                leading to a total or partial loss of redundancy. 

               

            	
               

              Loss
                of redundancy of critical functions (i.e. control, interface, power,
                cooling)

               

               

              Loss
                of protection switching capability

               

               

              Short
                outages equivalent to system or subsystem outages not seriously impacting
                service with accumulated duration of greater than two minutes in
                any
                24-hour period, or that continue to repeat during longer
                periods

               

               

              A
                reduction in provisioned capacity of 5% and for a cumulative duration
                of
                > 10 minutes per 24 hours

               

               

              Repeated
                degradation of DS1/E1 or higher rate spans or connections

               

               

              Loss
                of system’s ability to perform automatic system
                reconfiguration

               

               

              Loss
                of access to maintenance or recovery operations

               

               

              Any
                loss of functional visibility and/or diagnostic capability

               

               

              Loss
                of system’s ability to provide any required system critical/major
                alarms

               

               

              Total
                loss of access to provisioning

               

            
	 	
               

              Business
                Critical

               

               

              Problems
                that result in a major degradation of system or service performance
                that
                impacts service quality or significantly impairs network operator
                control
                or operational effectiveness. Overall network is degraded resulting
                in
                severe limitations to operations or network management software product
                has major feature that is not working properly with only a temporary
                workaround. 

               

               

              Nortel
                requires continuous support
                from the customer operator
                during the troubleshooting
                and
                resolution period. 

               

            	
               

              The
                customer has been given a work-around but the situation still requires
                constant attention due to the temporary nature of the
                work-around

               

               

              Software
                application/migration issues that gate the introduction of new services
                or
                functionality

               

               

              Billing
                error rates that exceed specifications

               

               

              Corruption
                of system or billing databases

               

            
	 	
               

              Major

               

               

              Problems
                that result in conditions that seriously affect system operation,
                maintenance and administration, etc. and require immediate attention.
                The
                urgency is less than in Business Critical situation because of a
                lesser
                immediate or impending affect on system performance, customers, and
                the
                customer’s operation and revenue.

               

            	
               

              Degradation
                of any capacity/traffic measurement function

               

               

              Degradation
                of functional visibility and/or diagnostic capability

               

               

              Degradation
                of access for maintenance or recovery operations

               

               

              Degradation
                of the system’s ability to provide any required system critical/major
                alarms

               

               

              Loss
                of access for routine administrative activity

               

               

              Any
                system failure without direct immediate impact

               

               

              Intermittent
                degradation of services; partial loss of access to
                provisioning

               

               

              Software
                application/migration issues that do not impact service

               

               

              Reduction
                in any capacity/traffic measurement function

               

               

              Any
                loss of functional visibility and/or diagnostic capability

               

               

              Any
                significant increase in product-related customer trouble
                reports

               

               

              Follow-up
                to E1 customer problems

               

               

              Other
                problems that disrupt or prevent routine system activities, or problems
                that are jointly viewed as Major events by Nortel and the
                customer

               

            
	
               

              Minor

               

            
	 	
               

              Minor

               

               

              Problems
                do not significantly impair the functioning of the system and do
                not
                significantly affect service to customers. These problems are tolerable
                during system use. 

               

            	 

    

     

    Appendix
      C - Technical Support for MD and EOL Software
      Loads

     

    Life
      Cycle for Software Loads

    From
      a
      Nortel Technical Support point of view, there are five categories of software
      loads:

    
      	
               

              Software
                Load Status

               

            	
               

              Software
                Life Cycle Milestone

               

            	
               

              Software
                Availability

               

            	
               

              Technical
                Support Availability

               

            
	
               

              Production
                Load

               

            	
               

              Generally
                Available (GA) or Channel Ready (ChR)

               

            	
               

              Orderable

               

            	
               

              The
                Production load is currently generally available (GA) or Channel
                Ready
                (ChR); Supported by TAS, ER, and patched where appropriate. 

               

            
	
               

              Active
                Load

               

            	
               

              Active

               

            	
               

              Special
                Order Only

               

            	
               

              The
                software load is Active. Supported by TAS, ER, and patched where
                appropriate.

               

            
	
               

              Inactive
                Load

               

            	
               

              Inactive

               

            	
               

              Not
                Orderable

               

            	
               

              The
                software load is Inactive. Supported by TAS and ER. Consideration
                for
                patching for E1 and E2 priority emergency outages only.

               

            
	
               

              Retired
                Load

               

            	
               

              Manufacture
                Discontinued (MD)

               

            	
               

              Not
                Orderable

               

            	
               

              The
                Retired load is Manufacture Discontinued. Supported by TAS and ER.
                The
                Retired load is not patched. Root
                Cause Analysis (RCA) is not available. 

               

            
	
               

              End
                Of Life (EOL)

               

            	
               

              End
                of Life (EOL)

               

            	
               

              Not
                Orderable

               

            	
               

              The
                EOL load has reached the Product Retirement or End of Life (EOL)
                stage of
                the life cycle and is no longer fully supported. The EOL load is
                not
                orderable. The EOL load is not patched. TAS and ER support may be
                limited.
                ER
                support at EOL does not include Root Cause Analysis (RCA).
                Stated SLA objectives for fix response times are not applicable for
                loads
                at EOL.

               

            

    

     

    Note:
      Please contact your account representative to identify the classification of
      your current loads.

     

     

    Appendix
      D - Service Level Agreement (SLA) Objectives

     

    Nortel
      strives to meet service level objectives for fix response times that adhere
      to
      or exceed TL 9000 industry standards. 

    

    Service
      Level Agreement (SLA) objectives during Product Lifecycle

    
      	
               

              Load
                Type

               

            	
               

              E1/E2
                Recovery

               

            	
               

              Business
                Critical/Major

               

            	
               

              Minor

               

            
	
               

              Production
                Load

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            
	
               

              Active
                load

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            
	
               

              Inactive
                load

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            
	
               

              Retired
                load

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            	
               

              Standard
                SLA

               

            
	
               

              End
                of Life

               

            	
               

              SLA
                objectives not supported

               

            	
               

              SLA
                objectives not supported

               

            	
               

              SLA
                objectives not supported

               

            

    

    Service
      Level Objectives vary according to the level of service purchased by the
      customer.

     

    Service
      Level Agreement (SLA) objectives for Wireline - Base Support
      Plan

     

    
      	
               

              Service

               

            	
               

              Response

               

            	
               

              Recovery

               

            	
               

              Resolution

               

            	
               

              Availability

               

            
	
               

              E1

               

            
	
               

              Emergency
                Recovery

               

            	
               

              <
                15 mins

               

            	
               

              Continuous
                until recovered 90% in 18 hrs

               

            	
               

              Follow-up:
                Major

               

            	
               

              24x7x365

               

            
	
               

              E2

               

            
	
               

              Emergency
                Recovery

               

            	
               

              <
                15 mins

               

            	
               

              Continuous
                until restored, action plan delivered in 24 hrs

               

            	
               

              Follow-up:
                Minor

               

            	
               

              24x7x365

               

            
	
               

              Business
                Critical

               

            
	
               

              Technical
                Assistance Service

               

            	
               

              Within
                1 hour

               

            	 	
               

              Product
                and Non Product Defect - 

               

               

              90%
                Resolved in 30 TL Days

               

            	
               

              24x7x365
                (Page Out Support)

               

            
	
               

              Major

               

            
	
               

              Technical
                Assistance Service

               

            	
               

              Same
                Business Day

               

            	 	
               

              Product
                and Non Product Defect - 

               

               

              90%
                Resolved in 30 TL Days

               

            	
               

              8X5

               

            
	
               

              Minor

               

            
	
               

              Technical
                Assistance Service

               

            	
               

              Next
                Business Day

               

            	 	
               

              Product
                and Non Product Defect - 

               

               

              90%
                Resolved in 180 TL Days

               

            	
               

              8X5

               

            

    

     

    

     

    Service
      Level Agreement (SLA) objectives for Wireless - Base Support
      Plan

    
      	
               

              Service

               

            	
               

              Response

               

            	
               

              Recovery

               

            	
               

              Resolution

               

            	
               

              Availability

               

            
	
               

              E1

               

            
	
               

              Emergency
                Recovery

               

            	
               

              <
                15 mins

               

            	
               

              Continuous
                until recovered 90% in 

               

               

              18
                hrs

               

            	
               

              Follow-up:
                Major

               

            	
               

              24x7x365

               

            
	
               

              E2

               

            
	
               

              Emergency
                Recovery

               

            	
               

              <
                15 mins

               

            	
               

              Continuous
                until recovered 90% in 

               

               

              18
                hrs

               

            	
               

              Follow-up:
                Minor

               

            	
               

              24x7x365

               

            
	
               

              Business
                Critical

               

            
	
               

              Technical
                Assistance Service

               

            	
               

              Within
                1 hour

               

            	 	
               

              90%
                Resolved in 30 TL Days

               

            	
               

              24x7x365
                

               

            
	
               

              Major

               

            
	
               

              Technical
                Assistance Service

               

            	
               

              Same
                Business Day

               

            	 	
               

              90%
                Resolved in 30 TL Days

               

            	
               

              8X5

               

            
	
               

              Minor

               

            
	
               

              Technical
                Assistance Service

               

            	
               

              Next
                Business Day

               

            	 	
               

              90%
                Resolved in 180 TL Days

               

            	
               

              8X5
                

               

            

    

     

    Notes:
      

     

     

    
      	·  	
              TL9000
                time includes 7X24 - 365 days/year - excluding time awaiting receipt
                of
                customer-provided data or
                actions.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              In
                limited situations, SLA objectives of third party suppliers may
                apply

            

    

     

     

    Repair
      - Return and Replace 

     

    Return
      and Replace service, a repair service from Nortel, provides for the replacement
      of a defective Nortel Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) with an equivalent FRU.
      Under
      this service, Nortel will use commercially reasonable efforts to ship an
      equivalent,

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          22

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    replacement
      FRU to the customer within 10 business days following receipt of the defective
      FRU. 

    

    Nortel
      will register and manage requests for the Return and Replace service during
      normal business days and hours observed by Nortel in the region where the
      service is being performed. 

    

    Upon
      receiving the customer’s request and after any diagnostics assistance, Nortel
      will allocate a part request number, also known as a Return Material
      Authorization (RMA) number, to each FRU to be replaced and notify the customer
      of the relevant part request number.

    

    Following
      allocation of the part request number(s) - and provided that Nortel has a
      functionally equivalent FRU in stock - Nortel will ship an equivalent FRU within
      10 business days from the receipt of the defective FRU. Where possible, Nortel
      will ship FRUs from its regional logistic locations. If an equivalent FRU is
      not
      in stock or if the replacement FRU must be physically returned to Nortel for
      repair due to its technology or configuration, Nortel will use commercially
      reasonable efforts to expedite the customer’s order.

     

    Customer
      Responsibilities

     

    With
      regards to Repair Services, the customer will be required to:

     

    
      	·  	
              Pay
                all applicable duties, taxes, and other charges associated with the
                importation of the replacement (or repaired) FRU into the country
                of
                destination.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Use
                the specifically assigned part request number(s) provided by Nortel
                and
                include completed Nortel Fault Report Forms when returning any
                FRU.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Adhere
                to packing instructions provided by Nortel (including anti-static
                precautions) when returning the defective
                unit.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Put
                the replacement (or repaired) FRU into
                service.

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      On-site repair and on-site replacement labor are not included with Repair
      Services.

     

     

    Assumptions

     

    The
      following assumption will govern the delivery of Repair Services:

     

    
      	·  	
              Equipment
                still covered by original 12-month warranty is processed for repair
                using
                this process. However, the customer is not charged for repair equipment,
                including charges for return of defective items, if original warranty
                is
                still in place. Warranty equipment must be registered with Nortel
                via the
                support plan to receive warranty or non-warranty support. Once warranty
                expires, equipment repairs are handled via the Repair process set
                forth
                here until expiration of the support
                plan.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Nortel
                will incur the expense of shipping the replacement (or repaired)
                FRU to
                the customer using a method and carrier selected by Nortel. Nortel
                is
                responsible for loss of, or damage to, a FRU while it is in possession
                by
                Nortel or in transit to the customer. Nortel does not guarantee the
                arrival time of the replacement (or repaired)
                FRU.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Unless
                required for operational reasons and agreed upon with Nortel, the
                replacement (or repaired) FRU will be at the then-current minimum
                hardware, firmware, and software release levels, as they are made
                Generally Available (GA) by Nortel.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Nortel
                warrants the replacement (or repaired) FRU to be free from defects
                in
                workmanship and material attributable to Nortel for a period of 12
                months
                from the replacement (or repaired)
                date.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Nortel
                reserves the right to reject the return of any FRU that does not
                clearly
                display the specific part request number (RMA number).
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              As
                part of the Repair Service, Nortel will monitor all faulty circuit
                pack
                returns for No Fault Found (NFF) from the customer. The term NFF
                refers to
                a pack that upon receipt by Nortel is tested and found to comply
                with
                applicable Nortel specifications. All returns classified as NFF that
                are
                greater than 10% of the total circuit pack return volume from the
                customer
                will be subject to the per-incidence repair service fee, as published
                by
                Nortel. Nortel will measure the total circuit pack return volume
                on a
                quarterly basis.

            

    

     

    Specific
      for Return and Replace Service

    If
      in the
      judgment of Nortel, the returned FRU has been damaged by misuse, accident,
      modification, failure to maintain proper physical or operating environment
      or
      improper maintenance by the customer, then Nortel will contact the customer
      to
      decide upon the course of action. Possible actions may include:

     

    
      	·  	
              Scrapping
                the returned, defective FRU.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Returning
                the defective unrepaired FRU to the customer at the customer’s
                expense.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Replacing
                the defective FRU in which case, Nortel will invoice the customer
                the full
                replacement cost of the unit at the then-current Nortel list price
                or any
                applicable contracted price.

            

    

     

     

    Exclusions

     

    The
      following exclusions will govern the delivery of Repair Services:

     

    
      	·  	
              Repair
                Services do not include Emergency Part Dispatch. For emergency situations
                requiring next-day shipment, the customer may request the Nortel
                Emergency
                Parts Dispatch service. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Emergency
                repair support is accessible 24 hours a day, seven days a
                week

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Emergency
                service is subject to the terms and conditions of such service and
                subject
                to additional fees, as published in the Nortel Price
                List

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Under
                the Emergency Parts Dispatch service, Nortel will exercise all reasonable
                efforts to ship an equivalent FRU on the next day, subject at all
                times to
                Nortel having a functionally equivalent FRU in stock.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              The
                choice of delivery carrier and freight charges will be the customer’s
                responsibility

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Hardware
                upgrades

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Coverage
                for: (i) consumable items and supplies that are “used up” during normal
                product operation (such as printer ribbons, light bulbs, fuses, filters,
                etc.), (ii) original equipment manufacturer (OEM) products/vendor
                equipment and the customer’s third-party equipment not furnished by
                Nortel, (iii) cable plant, (iv) miscellaneous network hardware furnished
                by Nortel (such as monitors, printers, modems, etc.), (v) power equipment
                (such as fuse panel, batteries, miscellaneous hardware, racks, cabling,
                etc.), and (vi) major system assemblies (such as frames, bays, shelves,
                line drawers, etc.).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              On-site
                repair or replacement and any associated labor, or travel and living
                expenses

            

    

     

    Nortel
      will not provide fault reports, or lead-time/performance metrics.

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          23

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    Support
      Services cover Nortel products purchased either from Nortel or from an agent
      authorized by Nortel. Nortel will not be obligated to provide Support Services
      for any Nortel products purchased from unauthorized sources unless such products
      are certified by Nortel in order to qualify for Support Services. In addition,
      Nortel is not responsible for supporting third-party product(s) not supplied
      by
      Nortel or its agents.

     

    Note:
      Available Nortel service offers to certify equipment for Support Services
      coverage include Optical Equipment Certification (A0504498), System
      Level Switch Certification for DMS
      (A0851089), Multiservice Switch Upgrade Certification (A0844533) and Services
      Edge Router Certification (A0506960). Certification by Nortel of equipment
      purchased from unauthorized sources or delivery of Support Services for such
      equipment does not relieve customer of any obligation that may be outstanding
      to
      pay applicable RTU fees.

     

     

    Third-Party
      Product Spares - Next Day 

     

    The
      Third-Party Product Spares -
      Next
      Day service
      consists of: 

     

    
      	·  	
              Technical
                Support 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Third-Party
                Product
                Spares
                (dispatch of replacement part and dispatch of a field technician
                for
                on-site installation with a next-day target arrival at contracted
                customer
                sites).

            

    

     

    With
      Nortel managing third-party spares inventory logistics as well as the assignment
      and dispatch of a field technician, the Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day
      service provides for the delivery and installation of replacement Field
      Replaceable Unit (FRUs) to the customer’s contracted sites for the covered
      third-party products that are supplied by Nortel or purchased separately by
      the
      customer. Nortel will dispatch a spare part (FRU) to the customer’s contracted
      site in exchange for the faulty FRU removed from the defective Nortel product.
      A
      field technician dispatched by Nortel to the customer’s contracted site will
      remove the faulty FRU from the affected Nortel product, install the replacement
      FRU, and return the faulty FRU back to Nortel.

    

    The
      Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service virtually eliminates the need
      for
      the customer to purchase and hold spares inventory or to provide a field
      technician for spare-part replacement.

    

    This
      service can more specifically help the customer: 

     

    
      	·  	
              Receive
                dependable remote technical assistance and emergency recovery for
                issues
                associated with the operation and maintenance of Nortel products
                in the
                customer’s network.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Save
                spares hardware capital and expense because the
                service:

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Eliminates
                dedicated spares inventory and lost spares hardware
                costs

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Saves
                the cost of financing non-revenue-producing
                inventory

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Saves
                on the expense of repairing and making baseline changes to sparing
                inventory

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Saves
                the cost associated with inventory
                taxes

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Save
                inventory management capital and expense because the
                service:

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Saves
                costs associated with inventory management tools, storage cabinets,
                and
                local and central warehousing.

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Eliminates
                or reduces delivery and shipping
                costs.

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Eliminate
                resource requirements for personnel associated
                with:

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Defective
                parts return management

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Process
                management

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Inventory
                planning and administration

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Tracking
                and baseline control

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              24x7
                warehousing management

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              24x7
                parts delivery and installation

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Hiring
                and training of field maintenance
                personnel

            

    

     

     

    Service
      Deliverables 

     

    The
      Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service deliverables includes:

     

    
      	·  	
              Contract
                Administration (or Spares Program Office) to support communications
                and
                administrative issues relating to the
                service.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                single point of contact - the Nortel Managed Spares Call Center -
                for
                placing replacement FRU service
                requests.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Access
                to, and use of, Nortel spares inventory from central
                depots.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Spare-part
                warehousing and inventory
                management.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Replacement
                FRU dispatch and delivery with a next-day target arrival to the customer’s
                contracted sites.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              On-site
                removal of the faulty FRU and installation of the replacement
                FRU.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Defective
                FRU return process

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Escalation
                management.

            

    

     

    Technical
      Support

    Base
      Technical Support involves remote support for issues associated with the
      maintenance of third-party products. 

     

    Note:
      Please refer to Technical Support section of this document for
      details

     

    Nortel
      Managed Spares Call Center

    The
      Nortel Managed Spares Call Center is the customer’s single point of contact for
      the Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service. The Call Center is available
      24 hours a day, seven days a week and serves as:

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                single point of contact to receive replacement FRU service requests
                from
                the customer.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                logistics and coordination center for all FRUs dispatched and delivered
                to
                the customer’s contracted site(s).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                coordination center for the assignment and dispatch of the field
                technician to the customer’s contracted
                site(s).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              An
                information and escalation center for service
                requests.

            

    

     

    Spares
      Inventory

    

    To
      furnish the Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service, Nortel owns, stocks,
      warehouses, and dispatches replacement FRUs from inventory held in central
      depots to

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          24

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    support
      the maintenance of deployed Third-Party products. Nortel repairs the faulty
      FRUs
      returned on behalf of the customer in exchange for the replacement FRUs and
      returns them back into the spares inventory. This inventory is used to respond
      to service requests made by the customer under this service definition for
      the
      Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service. Replacement FRUs may not be
      new
      but will be in working order and equivalent to the FRU exchanged.

     

    Note:
      An
      inventory list used to price the Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service
      will be provided. FRUs will be identified on the list.

     

    All
      replacement FRUs are exchanged on a like-for-like basis and maintained at,
      or
      above, baseline releases specified by Nortel or the Third-Party Supplier. Each
      replacement FRU will be form, fit, and function compatible to the faulty FRU
      being replaced. The final inventory FRU list identified by Nortel as required
      to
      support the Nortel products in the customer’s network will be based on the final
      product configurations of the inventory of Nortel products deployed in the
      customer’s network at each of the customer’s contracted site(s).

    

    Spares
      Warehousing and Inventory Management

    Nortel
      has a warehousing distribution system that is based on a central depot
      distribution center. A warehouse located in the United States provides for
      the
      dispatch of replacement FRUs to the customer’s contracted sites located in most
      major metropolitan areas and strategic rural locations throughout North America.
      

    Nortel
      establishes and maintains restocking levels that reflect service planning and
      inventory management practices that are standard in the industry. The spares
      inventory turnover is closely monitored and adjusted as necessary on an ongoing
      basis.

    

    Replacement
      FRU Dispatch and Delivery

    After
      a
      request for a replacement FRU has been validated by the Call Center, Nortel
      will
      pick, pack, and dispatch the replacement FRU using a common carrier overnight
      delivery service to make the delivery to the customer’s contracted site. The
      replacement FRU will be delivered the next day for customer requests received
      and validated by the Call Center prior to 7:00 pm, local time, at the
      dispatching central depot. Weekend and holiday deliveries are subject to common
      carrier limitations on its overnight delivery services for weekends and for
      its
      observed holidays.

    

    Dispatch
      of Field Technician and Replacement FRU Installation

    After
      a
      request for a replacement FRU has been validated by the Call Center, Nortel
      will
      assign a field technician, who will be scheduled for arrival on the next day
      for
      customer requests received and validated by the Call Center prior to 7:00 p.m.,
      local time, at the dispatching central depot. The Call Center will coordinate
      the arrival of the field technician with the common carrier’s scheduled
      overnight delivery of the replacement FRU at the customer’s contracted site.

    

    The
      Nortel field technician will deinstall the defective part and install the
      replacement FRU. 

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          25

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    Note:
      A list
      of field technician qualifications can be provided.

    While
      on
      site, the field technician will assist in resolving technical issues associated
      with the faulty FRU by working under the direction of the Network Operations
      Center (NOC) personnel who are responsible for monitoring the customer’s
      network. Nortel will assume that the NOC will play the lead role in resolving
      the network’s technical issues; therefore, the NOC should have highly skilled
      technical product experts to troubleshoot the problem and to provide the field
      technician with the replacement directions and corrective actions to be
      performed on site. 

    

    The
      field
      technician will have the skills to assist the NOC in resolving the site hardware
      issue and will act as the “eyes and hands” on site for the NOC personnel. The
      technician will have been trained in the equipment’s operation to aid the NOC in
      troubleshooting the problem and will replace the faulty hardware as required,
      but the technician will not troubleshoot without the direction of NOC
      personnel.

    

    Defective
      FRU Return Process

    Nortel
      field technician will arrange for the return of the faulty FRU back to Nortel
      on
      behalf of the customer. Faulty FRUs become Nortel property when received by
      Nortel. Upon receipt by Nortel of the exchanged (i.e., faulty) FRU, the
      replacement FRU becomes the customer’s property.

     

    Note:
      The
      Defective FRU Return Process will adhere to the Nortel Material on Loan (MOL)
      policy.

     

    Escalation
      Management

    The
      Call
      Center is the escalation channel to the customer for raising unsatisfactory
      service conditions or immediate concerns associated with the Third-Party Product
      Spares - Next Day service. Nortel internal escalation will begin under the
      following situations:

     

    
      	·  	
              When
                the Call Center representative becomes aware of a condition that
                may
                prevent Nortel from meeting its dispatch for next-day delivery
                targets.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              In
                the event a replacement FRU is not available to meet the next-day
                delivery
                target.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              When
                the ability of Nortel to fulfill a replacement FRU service request
                is
                affected by a conflict between the customer’s service request and the
                Nortel service entitlement
                database.

            

    

     

     

    Nortel
      Responsibilities

     

    The
      Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service provides for Nortel to own,
      manage, and warehouse spares parts and then dispatch them on an as-needed basis
      to a contracted customer site to replace a failed unit in the network. A
      dispatched field technician will remove the defective part from service and
      install the replacement spare. The field technician will return the defective
      part to Nortel for repair so that it can be put back into inventory as a
      replacement part.

    

    Service
      Level: Next Day

    Third-Party
      Product Spares - Next Day service provides for dispatch of replacement FRUs
      and
      a field technician for arrival Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00
      p.m., customer local time. Weekend and holiday arrivals are subject to common
      carrier

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          26

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    limitations
      on its overnight delivery services for weekends and for its observed
      holidays.

    After
      the
      Nortel Managed Spares Call Center validates the customer’s request for a
      replacement FRU, Nortel assigns a field technician and dispatches the
      replacement FRU(s), each to arrive at the customer’s contracted site on the next
      day, if the request is validated prior to 7:00 p.m., local time, at the
      dispatching central depot. If validation is completed after 7:00 p.m., then
      arrival at the customer’s contracted site will be on the second day.

    For
      example, if validation is completed at 6:00 p.m. on Monday, then Nortel will
      assign the field technician and dispatch the replacement FRU(s) for arrival
      on
      Tuesday between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. If validation is completed at 9:00
      p.m.
      on Monday, then arrivals at the customer’s contracted site will be on Wednesday
      between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.

    Any
      diagnosis and troubleshooting required to identify the faulty FRU to be replaced
      needs to be completed prior to the customer’s placement of the call to the Call
      Center to request the replacement FRU. The response time interval starts after
      the Call Center’s validation of the customer’s request for a replacement FRU and
      the assignment of a replacement FRU service request number.

    

    The
      Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day Service Level Target response times are
      set out below: 

    
      	
               

              Third-Party
                Product Spares - Next Day Service Level Targets

               

            
	
               

              Service
                Level

               

            	
               

              Call
                Center Response

               

            	
               

              Field
                Technician and FRU Arrival at Site

               

            	
               

              Performance
                Target

               

            
	
               

              Availability

               

            	
               

              24x7

               

            	
               

              7:00
                am - 7:00 pm

               

            	
               

              95%

               

            
	
               

              Response

               

            	
               

              Immediate

               

            	
               

              Next
                Day

               

            	
               

              95%

               

            

    

     

    Note:
      Performance Targets are measured for each annual term. Nortel strives to
      dispatch replacement FRUs and field technicians to the correct customer
      contracted site and on time; however, there may be occasions where response
      times cannot be met, due to circumstances that are beyond Nortel’s control.

     

     

    Customer
      Responsibilities

     

    The
      customer’s responsibilities with regards to Technical Assistance and 24x7
      Emergency Recovery have been described previously in the service definition
      for
      Technical Support. 

    

    With
      regards to the Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service, the customer
      agrees that the service will not be used to supplement the customer’s equipment
      ordering process. Further, the customer is required to:

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                the full count and product configurations of all the Nortel products
                deployed in the customer’s network that are to be supported to allow for
                Nortel planning and management of appropriate replacement FRU
                inventories.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Identify
                the location/address, any security access, and maps/driving instructions
                for each customer site to be covered by this service if in a non-urban
                area. For locations requiring special access, such as government
                facilities or financial institutions, the customer must provide written
                documentation needed to obtain
                access.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Inform
                the contract administration prime (or a project office point of contact)
                of any change to the customer’s site(s). This information must include new
                Nortel products and product configurations
                added

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              to
                customer’s network; any adds, changes, or deletions to existing
                configurations; and/or the establishment of new customer sites and/or
                product configurations at those customer
                sites.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                the first level of diagnostics in determining the need for a replacement
                FRU using the customer’s in-house structure that performs first-line
                support.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Confirm
                appropriate access and make provisions for receiving the replacement
                FRU
                at a predefined time and location in a timely manner, which
                includes:

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Informing
                the Call Center of any rules that apply to the Nortel field technician
                to
                gain access to the contracted customer’s
                site.

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Designating
                a customer representative to meet the carrier to receive delivery
                of the
                replacement FRU. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              Designating
                a customer representative to meet the Nortel field technician and
                escort
                the technician to the affected
                product.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Make
                arrangements for the Nortel field technician to leave the contracted
                customer site with the faulty FRU to return to Nortel on the customer’s
                behalf.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Agree
                that Nortel may subcontract all or any portion of the service to
                subcontractors selected by Nortel provided that Nortel remains fully
                responsible to the customer for the performance of the service set
                out in
                this service definition.

            

    

     

     

    Assumptions

     

    The
      following assumptions will govern the delivery of the Third-Party Product Spares
      - Next Day service:

     

    
      	·  	
              Service
                availability is subject to geographical
                limitations.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              In
                some instances, the proposed managed spares program is subject to
                a
                separate, valid, signed agreement between the customer and Nortel.
                This
                separate agreement will include a Contract Statement of Work (CSOW)
                and
                will set forth the applicable terms and conditions governing the
                acceptance and delivery of services. As long as the customer has
                provided
                the required product, configuration, quantity and location details
                as set
                forth in the Responsibilities section, further contract agreement
                are not
                required.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Unless
                otherwise agreed to in writing between the customer and Nortel, the
                replacement FRU will be at the then-current minimum hardware, firmware,
                and software release levels as published by
                Nortel.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                Call Center will inform the customer’s service requestor and the Nortel
                contract administration prime (or the project office point of contact)
                if
                a customer service request is outside the scope of work set out in
                this
                service definition (i.e., non-compliant). Examples of non-compliant
                requests include a service request on a non-contracted Nortel product,
                or
                a service request for a customer site not listed for coverage under
                this
                service definition. If the service request is non-compliant, then
                the
                customer may request a quotation from the Nortel contract administration
                prime (or the project office point of contact) for the Nortel list
                price
                for dispatch of a FRU or technician. If the customer proceeds with
                the
                non-compliant request, then the call will be verified against a Purchase
                Order (PO) number furnished by the customer, and a replacement FRU
                and/or
                technician will be dispatched on a commercially reasonable basis
                and will
                not be subject to the service-level targets set out in this service
                definition. The customer agrees to promptly pay invoices issued by
                Nortel
                for such non-compliant services.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              In
                the event that
                the customer’s representative is not at the customer’s site designated by
                the authorized caller to meet the carrier and the Nortel field technician,
                then reasonable efforts will be made by the carrier and/or field
                technician to contact the customer’s on-site representative for a period
                not to exceed 30 minutes after arrival. If the customer does not
                receive
                the replacement FRU and/or field technician, then the FRU will be
                returned
                to the originating spares depot, and/or the field technician will
                return
                to Nortel.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Any
                changes to the scope of the project requirements once agreed upon
                will
                result in the requirement for a Job Change Order (JCO) with additional
                charges on a time-and-material
                basis

            

    

     

    Exclusions

     

    Unless
      negotiated otherwise, the Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service will
      exclude:

     

    
      	·  	
              Spare
                inventory warehousing, inventory management and delivery of replacement
                FRUs not identified in the final contract with the customer or as
                subsequently modified in writing between the customer and Nortel.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Support
                for any customer sites not identified in the final contract with
                the
                customer or as subsequently modified in writing between the customer
                and
                Nortel.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Access
                to FRUs for the purposes of provisioning (i.e., adding to) the customer
                network.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Logistics,
                inventory or service costs associated with changes to the customer
                network
                configuration - changes may include moves, adds, overbuilds, network
                extensions, new routes, etc. 

            

    

     

     

    Timelines

     

    The
      CSOW
      will set forth the applicable terms and conditions governing the acceptance
      and
      delivery of Third-Party Product Spares - Next Day service and must be in place
      before the program set-up time begins. The standard service set-up lead-time
      is
      30 days from Nortel acceptance of a customer PO. For extensive customer network
      deployments or where new local depot stocks need to be established, set-up
      lead-time may require up to 60 days. Service set up must be completed before
      the
      Nortel Call Center can begin accepting the customer’s service request calls for
      replacement FRUs or to dispatch field technicians.

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          27

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

     

    Corrective
      Content Management 

     

    

    Nortel
      offers the Corrective Content Management service for the delivery and
      application of patches and patch packages, as well as the application of
      maintenance releases that will be used to enhance software currently installed
      in customer sites or lab environments. This service provides skilled personnel
      for the delivery of patches to customer’s network and the application of
      corrective content (patches, patch packages, and maintenance releases).

     

    Service
      Deliverables 

     

    Nortel
      Corrective Content Management service includes the following
      deliverables:

     

    
      	·  	
              Download
                and application of patches and patch packages to elements (or point
                of
                use) in the customer’s network, which are supported by this service
                offering under a standard 28-day cycle (see Appendix A). Patch application
                will be performed via auto-apply methodologies for those products
                that
                have auto-apply capability.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Based
                upon individual product release schedules, application of maintenance
                releases to element(s) in the customer’s network, which are supported
                under this service offering (see Appendix A).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Electronic
                notification of patch delivery success or
                failure

            

    

     

     

    Nortel
      Responsibilities

     

    Nortel
      will be responsible for:

     

    
      	·  	
              Planning
                and scheduling service delivery with input from the customer
                representative

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                Corrective Content activities in compliance with Nortel standard
                specifications and procedures

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Delivering
                and applying the patches and patch packages, and apply the maintenance
                releases necessary for the customer’s network element(s) based upon
                element information provided by the customer. Maintenance release,
                and
                patch/patch package applications will be performed during the agreed-upon
                maintenance window and following the distribution of the software
                to the
                network elements.

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      Corrective content may be downloaded at any point within a 24-hour/28-day
      period, unless otherwise specified by the customer.

     

     

    Note:
      The
      application of some product corrective content may require a network element
      (or
      elements) to be taken out of service and/or restarted. Nortel, in conjunction
      with the customer, will manage this requirement as part of this
      service.

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Un-tarring
                and moving patches for SGSN (Serving GPRS Support Node) and SIG (SS7
                IP
                Gateway) elements from the dropbox or SDS (Software Distribution
                Site)
                server to the end element where the patches will be applied. If patches
                are delivered to a dropbox, and an SDS exists within the customer’s
                network, the patches will be moved from the dropbox to the SDS, un-tarred
                at the SDS, and then transferred to the end element. If no SDS exists,
                but
                a dropbox exists within the customer’s network, the patches will be
                un-tarred on the dropbox and then transferred to the end
                element.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Downloading
                and applying Emergency (EMG) category patches within three business
                days
                (Monday through Friday) from the time that the patch is released
                

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      If
      an EMG patch is classified as disruptive, then the patch application schedule
      will have to be negotiated with the customer.

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Removing
                patches categorized as Obsolete Emergency (OBE) within three business
                days

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                electronic notification to the customer upon successful/unsuccessful
                delivery and application of patch
                content

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                switch health checks prior to (and during) application activity.
                Health
                Check (NHC) looks for common, symptomatic network anomalies that
                would
                prevent a successful deployment of corrective
                content.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Working
                in conjunction with the customer to identify and resolve any patch
                download and corrective content application failures (patching/patch
                packages or maintenance releases) that may arise during the delivery
                of
                the service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                a post-check to verify operational status following patch/patch packages
                and maintenance releases corrective content
                application

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Leaving
                the network in the same state as prior to the start of the corrective
                content application process

            

    

     

     

    Customer
      Responsibilities

     

    For
      the
      successful delivery of this service, the customer must: 

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                contact names, e-mail addresses, and phone numbers (preferably with
                voice
                mail), and keep contact list current through the duration of this
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Identify
                which element(s) deployed within the network will be included in
                this
                service prior to the commencement of the service
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                Nortel with 24/7 remote access to the network element(s), device(s),
                and/or intermediate server (i.e., SDS, where applicable), including
                the
                location/user home directory, user ID, and password. The userid and
                password are to remain static throughout the duration of the Corrective
                Content Management service. In the event a change is required, the
                customer will need to communicate the change(s) to Nortel in an
                agreed-upon timeframe and format. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                facilities for remote network access, including associated User IDs
                and
                passwords, through the use of a secure high-speed machine-to-machine
                interface using a VPN tunnel, T1/E1 link, Secure Shell connection
                or
                Contivity, and ensure that connectivity to the customer’s NE(s) or
                device(s) is available at all times for automated corrective content
                download activity. The VPN tunnel should permit only authorized Nortel
                resources (personnel and equipment) to access the tunnel. These resources
                are only permitted with customer’s consent and for the intent specified.
                

            

    

     

     

    ***

     

     

    Caution:*** 

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Support
                for X.25 connectivity is limited to legacy DMS TDM switch elements
                for
                customers that already subscribe to this pre-existing
                service.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                sufficient space is available for corrective content download (where
                applicable) on the network element(s) or device(s) to which corrective
                content will be downloaded

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                a technically knowledgeable representative during all corrective
                content
                management activities, and have technically knowledgeable resources
                available to travel to site to address site related issues that may
                arise

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                the network element(s) are at a compatible and appropriate software
                release level prior to the application of the corrective
                content

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                any new hardware required to meet the requirements for applying corrective
                content is available and installed prior to the
                application

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Distribute
                maintenance loads (maintenance releases), when maintenance loads
                are
                available on media, to equipment requiring the corrective content
                prior to
                the start of the corrective content management
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Troubleshoot
                all alarms prior to scheduled corrective content application
                activities

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Verify
                that the appropriate entitlements to use the corrective content software
                updates, whether through initial equipment purchase agreements, software
                support contracts, or other contractual agreements with Nortel are
                in
                place prior to the commencement of the
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                auto-apply is enabled on each DMS-100F switch and is set to run at
                least
                five days a week (for patching)

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Minimize
                changes to location and naming convention of NE(s) requiring corrective
                content (where applicable) download

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Configure
                the dropbox for SGSN, USGSN and SIG patches as an SDS server if no
                SDS
                server exists within the customer’s network. This will enable the patches
                to be un-tarred at the dropbox location and then transferred to the
                end
                element. Create an SDS if no SDS exists. In the case of GGSN patches,
                configure the dropbox as an SCS server if no SCS server exists within
                the
                customer’s network. This will enable the patches to be un-tarred at the
                dropbox location and then transferred to the end
                element

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                file management and FTP (File Transfer Protocol) privileges on the
                SDS/SCS
                server

            

    

     

     

    Assumptions

     

    The
      following assumptions will govern the delivery of the Corrective Content
      Management service:

     

    
      	·  	
              This
                service is available for Nortel products supported under this service
                offering that are listed in Appendix A of this document, and which
                have
                met Nortel Patch Operations acceptance criteria.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Where
                the Corrective Content service is offered remotely, it is provided
                via a
                secure customer-provided VPN tunnel *** for those customers who already
                subscribe to this pre-existing
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              IP
                addresses, user names, passwords, and directory structures must be
                left
                intact to help ensure successful ongoing corrective content delivery.
                If a
                change is made or requested to be
                made:

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              For
                NA and CALA, Patch Operations needs to be contacted at 1-800-4NORTEL
                using
                the appropriate Express Routing Code (ERC).

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              For
                EMEA, contact the software delivery
                prime.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                customer representative will need to work with an authorized Nortel
                representative to form a virtual team; this team will coordinate
                all
                matters related to the service
                activities

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Communication
                between members of each team should be possible during normal Nortel
                business hours (Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. local time),
                excluding Nortel’s holidays. Backup personnel and escalation paths will
                need to be identified and communicated between each team prior to
                the
                start of the service activities.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              All
                required customer-provided information should be received by Nortel
                within
                the required and agreed-upon
                timeframes.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              For
                patching, this service is priced using a standard (28-day) cycle.
                If the
                customer requires more frequent patch/patch package download and
                application, the price of the service will be adjusted to accommodate
                this
                requirement (maintenance release service schedules will be based
                upon
                individual product release
                schedules).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Only
                applicable “GEN” (Generally Available), “ACT” (Activateable), or “EMG”
                (Emergency) category corrective content (patches, patch packages,
                and/or
                maintenance releases) will be downloaded and applied as part of this
                service offering

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Corrective
                content (patches/patch packages and/or maintenance releases) with
                a status
                of “V” (Verification office) may be downloaded and applied for a site(s)
                that has been identified as a verification
                office

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Corrective
                content download is not dependent upon the availability of a maintenance
                window and may occur at any time of the day, unless the customer
                specifies
                and requests a specific window of time.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                customer will need to identify all specific elements requiring service.
                If
                the actual number of NEs or current network design is different than
                that
                provided to Nortel at the time of the Corrective Content Management
                service proposal, or if the customer makes changes to the network
                after
                the service commences which causes additional effort (e.g., the corrective
                content management effort has started but needs to be rescheduled
                because
                of a gating hardware issue or additional effort is incurred to
                troubleshoot and clear corrective content management affecting alarms),
                then additional charges will apply, which will be charged at the
                then-current non-contract technical assistance rate plus expenses.
                Additional charges will be discussed and signed off by the customer’s
                primary contact before the commencement of work.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              For
                DMS
                and Wireline VoIP and Wireless Voice Core elements (Switch/HLR),
                download
                and application of EMG patches/patch packages and application of
                EMG
                maintenance
                releases will
                be performed within three business days.
                For
                Access or Data network elements, EMG corrective content will be downloaded
                within three business days and applied within two weeks.
                

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      Above timeline is applicable (Monday through Friday) from the time that the
      emergency corrective content is released. If an EMG corrective content is
      classified as disruptive, the application schedule will have to be negotiated
      with the customer.

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Application
                of maintenance releases and patch packages will be dependent upon
                individual product release
                schedules.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Corrective
                content application will occur during maintenance window as agreed
                upon by
                the virtual team comprised of Nortel and Customer representatives.
                For the
                North American market, the default maintenance widow is Monday-Thursday
                11:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. (Eastern Time); any exceptions must be agreed
                upon
                by the virtual team prior to the commencement of
                work.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                service is provided in conformance with Nortel’s published software and
                hardware support polices.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              This
                service is applicable only to the North America, Caribbean, Latin
                America
                (CALA) and EMEA markets.

            

    

     

     

    Exclusions

     

    Unless
      negotiated otherwise, the Corrective Content Management service will
      exclude:

     

    
      	·  	
              Implementing
                security measures, whether from a Nortel or a customer perspective,
                other
                than those expressly agreed upon.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Reconfiguring
                existing equipment, whether previously supplied by Nortel or by another
                vendor. 

            

    

     

    Nortel
      offers the Corrective Content Management service for the delivery and
      application of patches and patch packages as well as the application of
      maintenance releases that will be used to enhance software currently installed
      in customer sites or lab environments. This service provides skilled personnel
      for the delivery of patches to customer’s network and the application of
      corrective content (patches, patch packages and maintenance releases).

     

    Service
      Deliverables 

     

    Corrective
      Content Management service includes:

     

    
      	·  	
              Downloading
                and applying patches and patch packages to elements (or point of
                use) in
                the customer’s network, which are supported by this service offering under
                a standard 28-day cycle (certain products may be on a different service
                cycle (please see Appendix A for product-specific standards). Patch
                application will be performed via auto-apply methodologies for those
                products that have auto-apply
                capability.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Based
                upon individual product release schedules, application of maintenance
                releases to element(s) in the customer’s network, which are supported
                under this service offering (see Appendix A).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Electronic
                notification of patch delivery success or
                failure

            

    

     

     

    Nortel
      Responsibilities

     

    Nortel
      will be responsible for:

     

    
      	·  	
              Planning
                and scheduling service delivery with input from the customer
                representative

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                corrective content activities in compliance with Nortel standard
                specifications and procedures

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Delivering
                and applying the patches and patch packages, and applying the maintenance
                releases necessary for the customer’s network element(s) based upon
                element information provided by the customer. Maintenance release,
                and
                patch/patch package applications will be performed during the agreed-upon
                maintenance window and following the distribution of the software
                to the
                network elements.

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      Corrective content may be downloaded at any point within a 24-hour/28-day
      period, unless otherwise specified by the customer.

     

     

    Note:
      The
      application of some product corrective content may require a network element
      (or
      elements) to be taken out of service and/or restarted. Nortel, in conjunction
      with the customer, will manage this requirement as part of this
      service.

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Un-tarring,
                and moving the patches from the dropbox or SDS (Software Distribution
                Site) server , in the case of SGSN (Serving GPRS Support Node) and
                SIG
                (SS7 IP Gateway) elements, to the end element where the patches will
                be
                applied. If patches are delivered to a dropbox, and an SDS exists
                within
                the customer’s network, the patches will be moved from the dropbox to the
                SDS, un-tarred at the SDS, and then transferred to the end element.
                If no
                SDS exists, but a dropbox exists within the customer’s network, the
                patches will be un-tarred on the dropbox and then transferred to
                the end
                element.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Downloading
                and applying Emergency (EMG) category patches within three business
                days
                (Monday through Friday) from the time that the patch is released
                

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      If
      an EMG patch is classified as disruptive, then the patch application schedule
      will have to be negotiated with the customer.

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Removing
                patches categorized as Obsolete Emergency (OBE) within three business
                days

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                electronic notification to the customer upon successful/unsuccessful
                delivery and application of patch
                content

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                switch health checks prior to and during application activity. Health
                Check (NHC) looks for common, symptomatic network anomalies that
                would
                prevent a successful deployment of corrective
                content.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Working
                in conjunction with the customer to identify and resolve any patch
                download and corrective content application failures (patching/patch
                packages or maintenance releases) that may arise during the delivery
                of
                the service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Performing
                a post-check to verify operational status following patch/patch packages
                and maintenance releases corrective content
                application

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Leaving
                the network in the same state as prior to the start of the corrective
                content application process

            

    

     

     

    Customer
      Responsibilities

     

    For
      the
      successful delivery of this service, the customer must: 

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                contact names, e-mail addresses, and phone numbers (preferably with
                voice
                mail), and keep contact list current through the duration of this
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Identify
                which element(s) deployed within the network will be included in
                this
                service prior to the commencement of the service
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                Nortel with 24/7 remote access to the network element(s), device(s),
                and/or intermediate server (i.e., SDS, where applicable), including
                the
                location/user home directory, user ID, and password. The userid and
                password are to remain static throughout the duration of the Corrective
                Content Management service. In the event a change is required, the
                customer will need to communicate the change(s) to Nortel in an
                agreed-upon timeframe and format. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                facilities for remote network access, ***.

            

    

     

     

    Note: ***

     

     

    Caution:*** 

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Support
                for *** customers who already subscribe to this pre-existing
                service.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                sufficient space is available for corrective content download (where
                applicable) on the network element(s) or device(s) to which corrective
                content will be downloaded

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                a technically knowledgeable representative during all corrective
                content
                management activities, and have technically knowledgeable resources
                available to travel to site to address site related issues that may
                arise

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                the network element(s) are at a compatible and appropriate software
                release level prior to the application of the corrective
                content

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                any new hardware required to meet the requirements for applying corrective
                content is available and installed prior to the
                application

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Distribute
                maintenance load(s) (maintenance releases) to equipment requiring
                the
                corrective content prior to the start of the corrective content management
                service when maintenance loads are available on
                media

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Troubleshoot
                all alarms prior to scheduled corrective content application
                activities

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Verify
                that the appropriate entitlements to use the corrective content software
                updates, whether through initial equipment purchase agreements, software
                support contracts, or other contractual agreements with Nortel are
                in
                place prior to the commencement of the
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Ensure
                “auto-apply” is enabled on each DMS-100F switch and is set to run at least
                five days a week (for patching)

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Minimize
                changes to location and naming convention of network element(s) requiring
                corrective content (where applicable)
                download

            

    

     

     

    ***

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Provide
                file management and FTP (File Transfer Protocol) privileges on the
                SDS/SCS
                server

            

    

     

     

    Assumptions

     

    The
      following assumptions will govern the delivery of the Corrective Content
      Management service:

     

    
      	·  	
              This
                service is available for Nortel products supported under this service
                offering that are listed in Appendix A of this document, and which
                have
                met Nortel Patch Operations acceptance criteria.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Where
                the Corrective Content service is offered remotely, it is provided
                *** for
                those customers who already subscribe to this pre-existing
                service

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              IP
                addresses, user names, passwords, and directory structures must be
                left
                intact to help ensure successful ongoing corrective content delivery.
                If a
                change is made or requested to be
                made:

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              For
                NA and CALA, Patch Operations needs to be contacted at 1-800-4NORTEL
                using
                the appropriate Express Routing Code (ERC).

            

    

     

     

    
      	-  	
              For
                EMEA, contact the software delivery
                prime.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              A
                customer representative will need to work with an authorized Nortel
                representative to form a virtual team; this team will coordinate
                all
                matters related to the service
                activities

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Communication
                between members of each team should be possible during normal Nortel
                business hours (Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., local time),
                excluding Nortel’s holidays. Backup personnel and escalation paths will
                need to be identified and communicated between each team prior to
                the
                start of the service activities.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              All
                required customer-provided information should be received by Nortel
                within
                the required and agreed upon
                timeframes.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              For
                patching, this service is priced using a standard (28-day) cycle.
                If the
                customer requires more frequent patch/patch package download and
                application, the price of the service will be adjusted to accommodate
                this
                requirement (maintenance release service schedules will be based
                upon
                individual product release
                schedules).

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Only
                applicable “GEN” (Generally Available), “ACT” (Activateable), or “EMG”
                (Emergency) category corrective content (patches, patch packages,
                and/or
                maintenance releases) will be downloaded and applied as part of this
                service offering

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Corrective
                content (patches/patch packages and/or maintenance releases) with
                a status
                of “V” (Verification office) may be downloaded and applied for a site(s)
                that has been identified as a verification
                office

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Corrective
                content download is not dependent upon the availability of a maintenance
                window and may occur at any time of the day unless the customer specifies
                and requests a specific window of time.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                customer will need to identify all specific elements requiring service.
                If
                the actual number of NEs or current network design is different than
                that
                provided to Nortel at the time of the Corrective Content Management
                service proposal, or if the customer makes changes to the network
                after
                the service commences which causes additional effort (e.g., the corrective
                content management effort has started but needs to be rescheduled
                because
                of a gating hardware issue or additional effort is incurred to
                troubleshoot and clear corrective content management affecting alarms),
                then additional charges will apply, which will be charged at the
                then-current non-contract technical assistance rate plus expenses.
                Additional charges will be discussed and signed off by the customer’s
                primary contact before the commencement of work.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              For
                DMS
                and Wireline VoIP and Wireless Voice Core elements (switch/HLR),
                download
                and application of EMG patches/patch packages and application of
                EMG
                maintenance
                releases will
                be performed within three business days.
                For
                Access or Data network elements, EMG corrective content will be downloaded
                within three business days and applied within two weeks.
                

            

    

     

     

    Note:
      Above timeline is applicable (Monday through Friday) from the time that the
      emergency corrective content is released. If an EMG corrective content is
      classified as disruptive, the application schedule will have to be negotiated
      with the customer.

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Application
                of maintenance releases and patch packages will be dependent upon
                individual product release
                schedules.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Corrective
                content application will occur during maintenance window as agreed
                upon by
                the virtual team comprised of Nortel and customer representatives.
                For the
                North American market, the default maintenance widow is Monday-Thursday
                11:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. (Eastern Time - NA); any exceptions must
                be agreed
                upon by the virtual team prior to the commencement of
                work.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                service is provided in conformance with Nortel’s published software and
                hardware support polices.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              This
                service is applicable only to the North America, Caribbean, Latin
                America
                (CALA) and EMEA markets.

            

    

     

     

    Exclusions

     

    Unless
      negotiated otherwise, the Corrective Content Management service will
      exclude:

     

    
      	·  	
              Implementing
                security measures, whether from a Nortel or a customer perspective,
                other
                than those expressly agreed upon.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Reconfiguring
                existing equipment, whether previously supplied by Nortel or by another
                vendor.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                emergency recovery service for customer
                NEs.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                technical support for customer NEs.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                customer mentoring

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Handling
                “LTD” (Limited) and “DBG” (Debug)
                patches.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Activating
                “ACT” (Activateable) patches. These patches will be applied as necessary,
                but the activation activity is the responsibility of the
                customer.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Handling
                any V category corrective content except for customer sites identified
                as
                verification offices.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                services other than those specifically described herein. Any additional
                support requested by the customer will be ordered and charged separately.
                

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Providing
                any software or hardware required to be purchased prior to the corrective
                content download and application activities, nor the application
                of
                software required to be applied to the element prior to the application
                of
                the corrective content.

            

    

     

     

    Timelines

     

    The
      lead
      time to commence delivery of the Corrective Content Management service is six
      weeks from the acceptance of the customer’s purchase order (PO) by Nortel and
      receipt of a completed Services Entitlement Form (SEF). If connectivity to
      the
      customer’s network *** is not established prior to the commencement of this
      service, the lead-time to commence delivery of the Corrective Content Management
      service will be added to the lead time required to implement VPN connectivity.
      

    Nortel,
      in conjunction with the customer, will determine a timeline for the start and
      completion of this service. Patches will be downloaded and applied on a
      pre-determined 28-day cycle. Maintenance releases and patch package service
      schedules will be based upon individual product release schedules.

    The
      delivery time to complete the Corrective Content Management is dependent upon
      the number of network elements.

     

    Note:
      Nortel requires a two-week notice to reschedule personnel.

     

     

    Pricing
      Notes

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                order code for the Corrective Content Management service is
                GR5353000/N0025982.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                Corrective Content Management service is an annually contracted
                service.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Pricing
                for this service is ***

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              Requests
                to perform corrective content application outside of the agreed upon
                maintenance window may result in additional costs for the Corrective
                Content Management service. 

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              The
                purchase of this service does not relieve the customer from paying
                any
                software Right-to-Use fees, where
                applicable.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              If
                any work is performed outside of the Corrective Content Management
                service
                description, the work will be charged at the then-current non-contract
                technical assistance rate plus expenses. Additionally, delays outside
                of
                the control of Nortel (e.g., when service activities are suspended
                or
                delayed due to site or equipment readiness issues, or connectivity
                is not
                available into the customer's network through the customer's VPN
                tunnel,
                etc.) that impede the progress of the delivery of this service will
                be
                charged at this rate. Any changes to the scope of the project
                requirements, once agreed upon, will result in the requirement for
                a
                change order with additional charges on a time-and-material basis.
                Corresponding changes will also be made to the schedule for completion
                of
                the job. These items will be discussed and signed off by the primary
                contact designated by the customer.

            

    

     

     

    
      	·  	
              If
                the service can be performed remotely, but on-site services are requested,
                then premium rates will apply.

            

    

     

     

    Appendix
      A
      - Equipment Types

     

    
      	
              Element
                Type

            	
              Patch
                Delivery

            	
              Patch
                Management

            	
              Maintenance
                Release Management

            
	
              Remote

            	
              Onsite

            	
              Remote

            	
              Onsite

            	
              Remote

            	
              Onsite

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Not
                Applicable

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Not
                Patchable

            	
              Yes

            	
              Yes

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            
	
              ***

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            	
              Not
                Supported

            	
               

            

    

     

    

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          28

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    
      	
              CONFIDENTIAL
                TREATMENT REQUESTED

            	
              Exhibit
                10.14 Redacted

            

    

     

    

     

    Optional
      Services

     

    Software
      Release Service - Basic

    Software
      Release Service - Basic provides Application Software for covered network
      devices. 

    http://navigate.us.nortel.com/imds?pg=/pss/service/softwarerel_basic&view=PreSales#ServiceDefinitionDocument 

     

    

     

    

    
      
        
           

          ***Information
            omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

           

           

          

          
          

        

        
          29

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      A

    

    Redacted

    

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          30

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      B

    

    Redacted

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          31

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      C

    

    Redacted

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          32

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      D

    

    Redacted

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          33

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      E

     

    Redacted

    

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          34

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      F

    

    Redacted

    

    

    

    
      
        
          
             

            ***Information
              omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission
              pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

             

             

            

          

          
          

        

        
          35

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	
                      CONFIDENTIAL
                        TREATMENT REQUESTED

                    	
                      Exhibit
                        10.14 Redacted

                    

            

             

            

             

          

        

      

    

    

    EXHIBIT
      G

    

    CDMA
      Acceptance 1xRTT Test Plan

    Redacted

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00119-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00119-of-00352.parquet"}]]